1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
63 \font_typewriter default
64 \font_default_family default
72 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
99 \paperorientation portrait
117 \paragraph_separation indent
118 \paragraph_indentation default
119 \quotes_language english
122 \paperpagestyle default
123 \tracking_changes false
124 \output_changes false
138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
140 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
142 \begin_inset CommandInset href
144 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
155 \begin_inset Newline newline
159 \begin_inset Newline newline
163 \begin_inset Note Note
166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
167 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
181 \begin_layout Standard
182 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
183 LatexCommand tableofcontents
190 \begin_layout Chapter
194 \begin_layout Section
198 \begin_layout Standard
199 LyX is a document preparation system.
200 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
201 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
202 It is unlike most other
203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
210 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
212 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
228 pt type, left justified, 5
229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
237 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
241 \begin_layout Standard
242 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
255 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
259 \begin_layout Standard
261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
272 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
273 the format of all of the manuals.
274 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
275 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
292 \begin_layout Section
296 \begin_layout Standard
297 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
299 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
300 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
304 \begin_layout Standard
305 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
306 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
307 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
309 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
310 only a vertical scrollbar.
311 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
312 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
313 This, however, is due
314 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
315 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
316 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
317 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
319 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
320 this doesn't work for equations yet.
323 \begin_layout Standard
324 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
332 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
337 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
338 ing sections of this documentation.
341 \begin_layout Section
345 \begin_layout Standard
346 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
351 of the manuals from inside LyX.
352 Just select the manual you want read from the
359 \begin_layout Section
361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
363 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
370 \begin_layout Standard
371 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
372 without resorting to configuration files.
373 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
374 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
375 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
380 \begin_inset Index idx
383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
390 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
391 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
396 \begin_inset space \space{}
399 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
400 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
402 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_inset Index idx
409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
410 Reconfiguration of LyX
415 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
418 \begin_layout Section
420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
422 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
429 \begin_layout Standard
430 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
431 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
454 that will be created when using the menu
456 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
475 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
476 \begin_inset Note Note
479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
488 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
489 More about TeX Code is described in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
500 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_inset Index idx
520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
521 Reconfiguration of LyX
529 \begin_layout Chapter
533 \begin_layout Section
534 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_inset Index idx
538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
547 \begin_layout Standard
552 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
553 in addition to some more advanced operations:
556 \begin_layout Itemize
560 \begin_inset Graphics
561 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
569 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_inset Graphics
594 filename ../images/file-open.png
595 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
602 \begin_layout Itemize
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_inset Graphics
615 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
616 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
623 \begin_layout Itemize
633 \begin_layout Itemize
647 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_inset Graphics
676 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
677 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
684 \begin_layout Itemize
690 \begin_layout Standard
691 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
692 a few minor differences.
695 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
710 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
711 you for a template to use.
712 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
713 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
714 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
722 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
729 \begin_layout Standard
731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
754 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
755 space is just that — a big, blank space.
758 \begin_layout Standard
779 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
784 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
809 will reload the document from disk.
810 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
811 and want to restore it to the last save.
820 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
821 can identify them as your changes.
824 \begin_layout Section
825 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_inset Index idx
829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
838 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
845 \begin_layout Standard
846 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
847 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
848 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
849 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
851 We'll start with cut and paste.
854 \begin_layout Standard
855 As you might expect, the
859 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
860 various other editing features.
861 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
865 \begin_layout Itemize
871 \begin_inset Graphics
872 filename ../images/cut.png
873 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
880 \begin_layout Itemize
886 \begin_inset Graphics
887 filename ../images/copy.png
888 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
895 \begin_layout Itemize
901 \begin_inset Graphics
902 filename ../images/paste.png
903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
910 \begin_layout Itemize
920 \begin_layout Itemize
930 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_inset Graphics
945 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
946 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
954 \begin_layout Standard
955 The first three are self-explanatory.
956 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
957 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
966 keys also functions as the
971 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
972 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
977 to get back the lost text.
980 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_inset Index idx
984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
990 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
999 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1002 \begin_layout Standard
1005 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1010 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1012 \begin_inset space ~
1016 \begin_inset space ~
1021 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1027 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1031 \begin_inset space ~
1036 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1037 will start a new paragraph.
1040 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_inset Index idx
1044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_inset Index idx
1054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1062 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1064 \begin_inset space ~
1068 \begin_inset space ~
1076 \begin_inset space ~
1080 \begin_inset space ~
1086 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1091 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1103 \begin_inset space ~
1108 button to skip the current word.
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1117 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1121 \begin_inset space ~
1126 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1128 If the toggle is set, searching for
1129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1140 will not match the word
1141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1155 Match whole words only
1157 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_layout Standard
1189 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1190 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1192 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1197 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1204 \begin_layout Section
1206 \begin_inset Index idx
1209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1216 \begin_inset Index idx
1219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1228 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1235 \begin_layout Standard
1236 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1237 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1240 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1243 or the toolbar button
1244 \begin_inset Graphics
1245 filename ../images/undo.png
1246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 to undo some mistake.
1251 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1253 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1256 or the toolbar button
1257 \begin_inset Graphics
1258 filename ../images/redo.png
1259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1271 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1275 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1278 \begin_layout Standard
1279 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1288 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1289 This is a consequence of the 100
1290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1293 step undo limit, above.
1296 \begin_layout Standard
1305 work on almost everything in LyX.
1306 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1310 \begin_layout Section
1312 \begin_inset Index idx
1315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1324 \begin_layout Standard
1325 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1328 \begin_layout Enumerate
1333 \begin_layout Itemize
1338 once anywhere in the edit window.
1339 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1343 \begin_layout Enumerate
1348 \begin_layout Itemize
1354 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1357 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1360 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1363 \begin_layout Itemize
1364 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1366 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1373 \begin_layout Enumerate
1374 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1378 \begin_layout Standard
1379 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1380 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1394 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1399 \begin_layout Section
1401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1403 name "sec:Navigating"
1408 \begin_inset Index idx
1411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1420 \begin_layout Standard
1421 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1429 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1430 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1433 \begin_layout Itemize
1436 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1439 or the toolbar button
1440 \begin_inset Graphics
1441 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1442 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1449 \begin_layout Standard
1450 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1451 (TOC) that is described in section
1452 \begin_inset space ~
1456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1458 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1463 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1464 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1465 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1466 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1467 to the document, see section
1468 \begin_inset space ~
1472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1474 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1483 option sorts the current list, and the
1487 option keeps it in the current view state.
1488 Keeping means that when you have e.
1489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1493 \begin_inset space \space{}
1496 the subsections of section
1497 \begin_inset space ~
1500 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1501 \begin_inset space ~
1504 3, the subsections of section
1505 \begin_inset space ~
1508 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1513 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1514 \begin_inset space ~
1520 \begin_layout Standard
1522 \begin_inset space \space{}
1526 \begin_inset Graphics
1527 filename ../images/down.png
1528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1533 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1538 \begin_inset space \space{}
1542 \begin_inset Graphics
1543 filename ../images/up.png
1544 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1549 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1553 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1555 So you can for example move section
1556 \begin_inset space ~
1560 \begin_inset space ~
1564 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1566 \begin_inset Graphics
1567 filename ../images/promote.png
1568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1573 \begin_inset Graphics
1574 filename ../images/demote.png
1575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 or the corresponding key bindings
1587 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1588 So you can for example make section
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1593 \begin_inset space ~
1597 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_layout Standard
1605 \begin_inset Graphics
1606 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1612 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1613 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1614 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1615 go back to your last editing position.
1618 \begin_layout Section
1620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1630 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1635 \begin_inset Index idx
1638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1645 \begin_inset Index idx
1648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1679 \begin_layout Standard
1680 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1682 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1683 is used to propose completions.
1686 \begin_layout Standard
1687 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1688 there are completions available.
1689 You can then press the
1693 key to use this completion.
1694 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1695 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1696 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1703 \begin_layout Standard
1704 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1706 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1709 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1711 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1714 by deselecting the option
1721 Automatic inline completion
1723 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1724 To accept this proposal, use the
1733 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1734 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1742 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1749 \begin_layout Section
1751 \begin_inset Index idx
1754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_inset Index idx
1764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1793 \begin_inset Index idx
1796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1827 \begin_layout Standard
1828 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1829 LyX's default is CUA.
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1844 \begin_inset space ~
1865 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1869 \begin_layout Labeling
1870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1874 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1875 LatexCommand nomenclature
1877 description "Tabulator key"
1883 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1884 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1885 \begin_inset space ~
1889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1891 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1898 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1902 , especially section
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1909 reference "sub:Lists"
1915 If you're still confused, look in the
1922 \begin_layout Labeling
1923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1927 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1928 LatexCommand nomenclature
1930 description "Escape key"
1937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1944 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1945 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1948 \begin_layout Labeling
1949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1955 \begin_inset space ~
1959 \begin_inset space ~
1966 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1967 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1971 \begin_layout Standard
1972 There are three modifier keys:
1975 \begin_layout Labeling
1976 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1994 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1995 LatexCommand nomenclature
1997 description "Control key"
2001 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2002 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2006 \begin_layout Itemize
2015 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2018 \begin_layout Itemize
2027 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2030 \begin_layout Itemize
2039 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2043 \begin_layout Labeling
2044 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2062 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2063 LatexCommand nomenclature
2065 description "Shift key"
2069 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2070 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2073 \begin_layout Labeling
2074 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2092 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2093 LatexCommand nomenclature
2095 description "Alt or Meta key"
2099 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2100 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2101 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2107 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2109 menu accelerator keys
2112 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2113 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2117 \begin_layout Standard
2118 For example, the sequence
2119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2125 \begin_inset space ~
2129 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2162 \begin_inset space ~
2168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2178 \begin_layout Standard
2183 manual lists all other things bound to the
2191 \begin_layout Standard
2192 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2193 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2194 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2195 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2196 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2197 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2198 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2199 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2215 followed by a capital
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2225 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2230 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2233 as explained in sec.
2234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2240 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2247 \begin_layout Chapter
2249 \begin_inset Index idx
2252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2261 \begin_layout Section
2263 \begin_inset Index idx
2266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 \begin_layout Subsection
2279 \begin_layout Standard
2280 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2281 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2282 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2283 numbering schemes, and so on.
2284 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2285 and format the title of your document differently.
2288 \begin_layout Standard
2293 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2294 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2295 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2296 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2297 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2302 how to adjust their properties.
2305 \begin_layout Subsection
2307 \begin_inset Index idx
2310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2319 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2326 \begin_layout Standard
2327 You can select a class using the
2329 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2331 \begin_inset Index idx
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2343 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2347 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2351 \begin_layout Standard
2352 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2356 \begin_layout Description
2357 Article for basic articles
2360 \begin_layout Description
2361 Report for basic reports
2364 \begin_layout Description
2365 Book for writing a book
2368 \begin_layout Description
2369 Letter for US-style letters
2372 \begin_layout Standard
2373 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2375 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2376 can be found in chapter
2378 Special Document Classes
2387 \begin_layout Description
2388 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2391 \begin_layout Description
2398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2407 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2411 \begin_layout Description
2412 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2413 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2414 There are three article layouts available.
2415 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2416 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2417 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2418 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2423 sequential numbering
2424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2427 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2428 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2429 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2430 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2433 \begin_layout Description
2434 Beamer Layout for presentations
2437 \begin_layout Description
2438 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2439 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2443 \begin_layout Description
2445 \begin_inset space ~
2448 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2451 \begin_layout Description
2452 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2455 \begin_layout Description
2458 Die TeXnische Komödie
2460 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Foils Used to make transparencies
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2477 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2483 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2496 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2499 \begin_layout Description
2500 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2503 \begin_layout Description
2508 LaTeX document class
2511 \begin_layout Description
2512 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2515 \begin_layout Description
2520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2527 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2528 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2530 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 Slides Used to make transparencies
2537 \begin_layout Description
2539 \begin_inset space ~
2542 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2543 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2546 \begin_layout Description
2547 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2550 \begin_layout Description
2555 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2558 \begin_layout Standard
2559 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2561 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2566 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2567 of the document classes.
2570 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2579 \begin_inset Index idx
2582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2591 \begin_layout Standard
2592 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2593 in the chosen document class.
2594 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2596 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2597 the corresponding module in the
2603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2607 \begin_inset Index idx
2610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2617 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2621 \begin_layout Standard
2622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2630 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2631 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2639 \begin_layout Standard
2640 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2648 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2660 \begin_layout Standard
2661 Each class has a default set of options.
2662 Here's a quick table describing them:
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2672 \begin_layout Standard
2674 \begin_inset Tabular
2675 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2676 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3135 \begin_layout Standard
3136 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3142 \begin_layout Standard
3143 You're probably also wondering what
3144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3148 \begin_inset space ~
3152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3156 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3157 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3162 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3167 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3177 headings, there are also
3185 headings, and so on.
3186 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3187 \begin_inset space ~
3191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3193 reference "sub:Headings"
3200 \begin_layout Subsection
3202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3204 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3209 \begin_inset Index idx
3212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3221 \begin_inset Index idx
3224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3233 \begin_layout Standard
3234 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3247 \begin_inset space ~
3252 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3254 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3255 to use for your document.
3256 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3260 \begin_layout Standard
3267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3273 \begin_inset space ~
3278 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3279 You can choose between the following five options:
3282 \begin_layout Labeling
3283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3288 Use default page style of current class.
3291 \begin_layout Labeling
3292 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3297 No page numbers or headings.
3300 \begin_layout Labeling
3301 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3309 \begin_layout Labeling
3310 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3315 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3316 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3317 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3320 \begin_layout Labeling
3321 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3326 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3332 \begin_inset Index idx
3335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3336 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3342 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3343 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3345 Check the documentation for the
3349 package for more details,
3350 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3364 of paragraphs is described in section
3365 \begin_inset space ~
3369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3371 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3378 \begin_layout Subsection
3379 Paper Size and Orientation
3380 \begin_inset Index idx
3383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3384 Document ! Paper size
3390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3392 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 You'll find the following options in the menu
3403 \begin_inset space ~
3408 of the dialog of the
3410 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3416 \begin_inset Index idx
3419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3428 \begin_layout Labeling
3429 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3433 \begin_inset space ~
3438 What size paper to print on.
3442 \begin_layout Itemize
3448 \begin_layout Itemize
3458 \begin_layout Itemize
3464 \begin_layout Itemize
3470 \begin_layout Itemize
3476 \begin_layout Itemize
3482 \begin_layout Itemize
3488 \begin_layout Labeling
3489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3494 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3505 \begin_layout Labeling
3506 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3510 \begin_inset space ~
3515 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3516 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3519 \begin_layout Subsection
3521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3528 \begin_inset Index idx
3531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3538 \begin_inset Index idx
3541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3550 \begin_layout Standard
3551 Paper margins are set in the menu
3553 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3557 \begin_inset Index idx
3560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3569 \begin_layout Standard
3570 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3571 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3572 the paper format and the font size into account.
3575 \begin_layout Subsection
3579 \begin_layout Standard
3580 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3585 That includes the paragraph environments.
3586 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3587 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3588 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3589 paragraph environments to
3593 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3594 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3595 the conversion and why it failed.
3598 \begin_layout Section
3599 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3600 \begin_inset Index idx
3603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3604 Paragraph ! Indentation
3612 \begin_layout Subsection
3614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3616 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3624 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3625 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3629 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3630 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3631 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3632 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3636 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3642 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3643 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3644 language than English.
3645 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3648 \begin_layout Standard
3649 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3650 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3652 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3653 LyX takes care of that.
3654 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3656 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3657 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3658 of a page, and so on.
3662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3663 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3668 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3669 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3673 of these pre-coded spacings.
3674 We'll explain more later.
3677 \begin_layout Subsection
3678 Paragraph Separation
3679 \begin_inset Index idx
3682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3683 Paragraph ! Separation
3691 \begin_layout Standard
3692 To separate paragraphs, select
3703 \begin_inset space ~
3710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3714 \begin_inset Index idx
3717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3723 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3724 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3725 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3728 \begin_layout Standard
3738 \begin_layout Standard
3739 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3740 \begin_inset space ~
3744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3746 reference "cap:Units"
3751 The default length is 30
3752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3758 \begin_layout Subsection
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3763 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3766 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3768 \begin_inset space ~
3773 dialog and toggle the
3776 \begin_inset space ~
3781 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3784 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3788 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3789 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3795 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3800 \begin_inset Index idx
3803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3804 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3812 \begin_layout Standard
3815 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3819 \begin_inset Index idx
3822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3831 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3834 \begin_inset space ~
3843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3844 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3849 \begin_inset Index idx
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3858 installed to use this feature.
3866 \begin_layout Section
3867 Paragraph Environments
3868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3870 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3875 \begin_inset Index idx
3878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3879 Paragraph ! Environments
3885 \begin_inset Index idx
3888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3889 Paragraph environments|(
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3902 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3905 \begin_layout Standard
3924 \begin_inset Newline newline
3927 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3928 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3929 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3938 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3941 \begin_layout Standard
3942 A paragraph environment is simply a
3943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3950 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3951 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3952 scheme, labels, and so on.
3953 Additionally, you can
3954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3961 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3962 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3963 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3964 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3965 days of typewriters.
3966 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3968 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3972 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3973 \begin_inset Graphics
3974 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3980 at the left end of the toolbar.
3981 LyX will change the environment of the
3985 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3986 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3987 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3991 \begin_layout Standard
4000 create a new paragraph using the
4004 paragraph environment.
4006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4013 because if you are in one of these environments:
4016 \begin_layout Itemize
4022 \begin_layout Itemize
4028 \begin_layout Itemize
4034 \begin_layout Itemize
4040 \begin_layout Itemize
4046 \begin_layout Itemize
4052 \begin_layout Itemize
4058 \begin_layout Standard
4059 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4063 , rather than resetting it to
4068 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4069 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4070 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4071 \begin_inset space ~
4075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4077 reference "sec:Nesting"
4082 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4087 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4088 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4092 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4098 \begin_layout Subsection
4102 \begin_layout Standard
4103 The default paragraph environment is
4108 It creates a plain paragraph.
4109 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4110 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4111 this manual) are in the
4118 \begin_layout Standard
4119 You can nest a paragraph using the
4123 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4131 \begin_layout Subsection
4133 \begin_inset Index idx
4136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4145 \begin_layout Standard
4146 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4155 for thanks or contact information.
4156 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4157 page along with today's date.
4158 For other types of documents, the title
4159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4166 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4170 \begin_layout Standard
4171 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4185 Here's how you use them:
4188 \begin_layout Itemize
4189 Put the title of your document in the
4196 \begin_layout Itemize
4197 Put the author name in the
4204 \begin_layout Itemize
4205 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4206 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4212 Note that using this environment is optional.
4213 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4214 If you don't want any date, add the line
4215 \begin_inset Newline newline
4225 \begin_inset Newline newline
4228 to the preamble of your document (menu
4230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4236 \begin_layout Standard
4237 You can use footnotes to insert
4238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4245 or contact information.
4248 \begin_layout Subsection
4250 \begin_inset Index idx
4253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4271 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4276 \begin_inset Index idx
4279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4280 Section headings ! Numbered
4288 \begin_layout Standard
4289 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4293 \begin_layout Enumerate
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4305 \begin_layout Enumerate
4311 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 \begin_layout Enumerate
4329 \begin_layout Enumerate
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4337 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4338 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4341 \begin_layout Standard
4342 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4343 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4344 You group the book into chapters.
4345 LyX does similar grouping:
4348 \begin_layout Itemize
4353 is divided in either
4364 \begin_layout Itemize
4376 \begin_layout Itemize
4388 \begin_layout Itemize
4400 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4424 \begin_layout Standard
4425 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4433 Not all document types use the
4437 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4442 is the top-level heading.
4450 \begin_layout Standard
4455 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4456 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4458 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4470 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4472 \begin_inset Index idx
4475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4476 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4484 \begin_layout Standard
4485 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4489 \begin_layout Enumerate
4495 \begin_layout Enumerate
4501 \begin_layout Enumerate
4507 \begin_layout Enumerate
4513 \begin_layout Enumerate
4519 \begin_layout Standard
4521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4528 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4529 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4530 table of contents, see section
4531 \begin_inset space ~
4535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4545 Changing the Numbering
4546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4548 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4555 \begin_layout Standard
4556 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4557 in the Table of Contents.
4558 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4560 Certain classes start with
4574 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4584 This is something you can change.
4587 \begin_layout Standard
4590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4596 \begin_inset Index idx
4599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4610 \begin_inset space ~
4614 \begin_inset space ~
4619 you'll see two counters.
4624 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4626 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4631 Short Titles of Headings
4632 \begin_inset Index idx
4635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4636 Section headings ! Short titles
4645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4654 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4661 \begin_layout Standard
4662 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4663 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4664 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4665 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4668 \begin_layout Standard
4669 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4670 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4671 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4672 To specify a short title, use the menu
4674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4676 \begin_inset space ~
4682 This will insert a box labeled
4683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4698 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4699 This also works for captions inside floats.
4702 \begin_layout Standard
4703 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_layout Standard
4711 The following information applies to all section headings:
4714 \begin_layout Itemize
4715 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4718 \begin_layout Itemize
4719 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4722 \begin_layout Itemize
4723 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4726 \begin_layout Itemize
4727 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4730 \begin_layout Subsection
4731 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4735 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4749 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4750 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4751 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4752 the text they contain.
4753 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4761 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4764 \begin_layout Standard
4765 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4774 when you start a new paragraph.
4775 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4779 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4780 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4781 to change back to the
4785 environment yourself.
4788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4805 \begin_inset Index idx
4808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4817 \begin_layout Standard
4818 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4819 time for the differences.
4828 are identical except for one difference:
4832 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4841 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4844 \begin_layout Standard
4845 Here's an example of the
4858 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4860 See – no indentation!
4864 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4865 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4866 the other paragraph.
4869 \begin_layout Standard
4870 Here's another example, this time in the
4877 \begin_layout Quotation
4883 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4884 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4885 the first line, then
4889 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4893 you were quoting other text.
4896 \begin_layout Quotation
4897 Here's a new paragraph.
4898 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4899 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4902 \begin_layout Standard
4903 As the examples show,
4907 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4908 They should put quotes in the
4913 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4917 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4920 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4926 \begin_inset Index idx
4929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4938 \begin_inset Index idx
4941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4962 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4968 \begin_inset Newline newline
4971 Which I did not rehearse!
4975 It could be much worse.
4976 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4978 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4979 indented a bit more than the first.
4980 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4986 \begin_inset Newline newline
4989 And make things look fine
4990 \begin_inset Newline newline
4996 arg "newline-insert newline"
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5007 does not indent both margins.
5008 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5009 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5016 arg "newline-insert newline"
5022 \begin_layout Subsection
5024 \begin_inset Index idx
5027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5043 \begin_layout Standard
5044 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5054 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5063 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5064 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5065 some general features of all four of them.
5068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5075 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5084 reset the environment to
5088 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5089 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5090 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5094 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5097 to break paragraphs.
5100 \begin_layout Standard
5101 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5102 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5104 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5105 you read all of section
5106 \begin_inset space ~
5110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5112 reference "sec:Nesting"
5120 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5126 \begin_inset Index idx
5129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5145 \begin_layout Standard
5146 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5150 paragraph environment.
5151 It has the following properties:
5154 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5159 \begin_layout Itemize
5160 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5163 \begin_layout Itemize
5164 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5168 \begin_layout Itemize
5169 The items can have any length.
5170 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5171 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5178 \begin_layout Itemize
5183 environment inside another
5187 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5192 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5195 \begin_layout Itemize
5196 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5199 \begin_layout Itemize
5201 \begin_inset space ~
5205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5207 reference "sec:Nesting"
5211 for a full explanation of nesting.
5215 \begin_layout Standard
5216 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5225 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5228 \begin_layout Standard
5229 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5230 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5233 \begin_layout Itemize
5234 The label for the first level
5238 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the second level is a dash.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back out to the third level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 Back to the second level.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 Back to the outermost level.
5271 \begin_layout Standard
5272 These are the default labels for an
5277 You can customize these labels in the
5279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5282 dialog in the submenu
5289 \begin_inset Index idx
5292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5303 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5311 reference "sec:Nesting"
5318 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5324 \begin_inset Index idx
5327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5336 name "sec:Enumerate"
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5348 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5349 It has these properties:
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5357 \begin_layout Enumerate
5358 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5362 \begin_layout Enumerate
5363 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5366 \begin_layout Enumerate
5371 environment resets the counter to one.
5374 \begin_layout Enumerate
5387 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5389 Items can have any length.
5392 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5396 \begin_layout Enumerate
5397 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5400 \begin_layout Enumerate
5401 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5414 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5415 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5422 \begin_layout Enumerate
5423 The first level of an
5427 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5445 \begin_layout Enumerate
5446 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the third level
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Back to the second level.
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 Back to the outermost level.
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5471 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5476 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5480 \begin_layout Standard
5481 There is more to nesting
5485 environments than we've stated here.
5486 You should read section
5487 \begin_inset space ~
5491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5493 reference "sec:Nesting"
5497 to learn more about nesting.
5500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5506 \begin_inset Index idx
5509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5519 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5523 list has no fixed label.
5524 Instead, LyX uses the first
5525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5532 of the first line as the label.
5536 \begin_layout Description
5537 Example: This is an example of the
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5549 \begin_layout Standard
5551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5558 it is meant that the first hit of the
5562 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5564 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5572 arg "space-insert protected"
5577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5580 \begin_inset space ~
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5592 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5596 for more info.) Here is an example:
5599 \begin_layout Description
5601 \begin_inset space ~
5604 Example: This one shows how to use a
5607 \begin_inset space ~
5619 \begin_layout Description
5620 Usage: You should use the
5624 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5625 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5627 It's not a good idea to use a
5631 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5632 You're better off using
5644 paragraphs into them.
5647 \begin_layout Description
5648 Nesting: You can nest
5652 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5658 them from the first line.
5661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5667 \begin_inset Index idx
5670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5679 \begin_layout Standard
5684 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5687 \begin_layout Standard
5688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5696 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5701 environment is named
5713 \begin_layout Standard
5722 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5723 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5726 \begin_layout Labeling
5727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5729 \begin_inset space ~
5732 labels LyX uses the first
5733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5740 of each line as the item label.
5745 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5746 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5747 blank as described above.
5750 \begin_layout Labeling
5751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5752 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5753 the body of the item text.
5754 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5755 label width plus a little extra space.
5759 \begin_layout Labeling
5760 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5762 \begin_inset space ~
5765 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5767 If the label width is larger, the label
5768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5775 into the first line.
5776 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5777 margin of the rest of the item text.
5780 \begin_layout Labeling
5781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5783 \begin_inset space ~
5786 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5791 environment have the same left margin.
5792 \begin_inset Newline newline
5795 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5798 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5800 \begin_inset space ~
5809 \begin_inset space ~
5814 determines the default label width.
5815 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 multiple times instead.
5825 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5834 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5837 \begin_inset space ~
5842 every time you alter a label in a
5847 \begin_inset Newline newline
5850 The predefined default width is the length of
5851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5860 \begin_inset Newline newline
5864 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5872 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5873 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5886 environment the same way like the
5890 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5896 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5905 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5907 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5909 \begin_inset space ~
5913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5915 reference "sec:Nesting"
5919 to learn about nesting.
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5923 There is yet another feature of the
5927 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5929 You can use additional
5933 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5938 are documented in section
5939 \begin_inset space ~
5943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5945 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5950 Here are some examples:
5951 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5957 \begin_layout Labeling
5958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5959 Left The default for
5966 \begin_layout Labeling
5967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5968 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5975 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5978 \begin_layout Labeling
5979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5980 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5984 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5991 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5994 \begin_layout Subsection
5996 \begin_inset Index idx
5999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6016 \begin_inset space ~
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6033 \begin_inset space ~
6039 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6040 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6041 In contrast, you can use the
6048 \begin_inset space ~
6053 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6054 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6058 \begin_layout Standard
6059 Of course, you're not limited to using
6066 \begin_inset space ~
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6081 some European academic papers.
6084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6088 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6100 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6101 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6105 \begin_inset space ~
6110 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6111 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6112 Here's an example of each:
6115 \begin_layout Right Address
6117 \begin_inset Newline newline
6121 \begin_inset Newline newline
6125 \begin_inset Newline newline
6128 When is it? What is today?
6131 \begin_layout Standard
6135 \begin_inset space ~
6141 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6142 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6143 Here's an example of the
6150 \begin_layout Address
6152 \begin_inset Newline newline
6155 Where do I send this
6156 \begin_inset Newline newline
6159 Your post office and country
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6163 As you can see, both
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6175 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6180 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6186 This makes sense, since
6194 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6195 Thus, you have to use
6202 arg "newline-insert newline"
6208 \begin_inset space ~
6211 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6213 \begin_inset space ~
6222 menu) to start a new line in an
6229 \begin_inset space ~
6237 \begin_layout Subsection
6241 \begin_layout Standard
6242 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6243 or list of references.
6244 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6247 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6251 \begin_inset Index idx
6254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6263 \begin_layout Standard
6268 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6269 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6270 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6271 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6275 in anything else or vice versa.
6281 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6282 The book document classes ignores the
6286 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6290 in a letter document class.
6293 \begin_layout Standard
6298 environment does several things for you.
6299 First, it puts the centered label
6300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6308 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6310 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6311 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6312 the subsequent text.
6313 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6314 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6317 \begin_layout Standard
6318 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6322 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6323 The new paragraph will still be in the
6328 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6329 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6332 \begin_layout Standard
6333 \begin_inset Float figure
6338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6340 \begin_inset Graphics
6341 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6349 \begin_inset Caption
6351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6354 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6375 \begin_layout Standard
6376 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6380 environment, but since this document is in the
6381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6388 class, we can't do this.
6389 We inserted it therefore as figure
6390 \begin_inset space ~
6394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6396 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6401 If you've never heard of an
6402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6409 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6418 \begin_inset Index idx
6421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6430 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6437 \begin_layout Standard
6442 environment is used to list references.
6443 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6444 only use it at the end of the document.
6449 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6452 \begin_layout Standard
6453 When you first open a
6457 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 depending on the document class.
6474 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6475 Each paragraph of the
6479 environment is a bibliography entry.
6484 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6485 Each new paragraph is still in the
6492 \begin_layout Standard
6493 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6494 by using a BibTeX database.
6495 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6496 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6497 \begin_inset space ~
6501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6503 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6510 \begin_layout Subsection
6514 \begin_inset Index idx
6517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6518 Paragraph ! LyX code
6524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6533 \begin_layout Standard
6538 environment is another LyX extension.
6539 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6544 key as a fixed whitespace;
6548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6560 \begin_inset space ~
6565 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6570 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6571 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6574 arg "newline-insert newline"
6591 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6592 So, when you finish using the
6596 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6597 Also, you can nest the
6601 environment inside of others.
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6605 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6608 \begin_layout Itemize
6612 arg "newline-insert newline"
6615 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6620 \begin_inset space \space{}
6630 arg "newline-insert newline"
6636 \begin_layout Itemize
6640 arg "newline-insert newline"
6651 \begin_layout Itemize
6656 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6663 \begin_layout Itemize
6667 arg "space-insert protected"
6674 \begin_layout Itemize
6675 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6676 You must put at least one
6680 in any line you want blank.
6681 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6685 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6689 since that will insert
6694 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6697 arg "self-insert \""
6703 \begin_layout Standard
6707 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6711 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6715 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6719 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6723 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6724 printf("Hello World!
6729 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6733 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6737 \begin_layout Standard
6738 This is just the standard
6739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6750 \begin_layout Standard
6755 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6756 rc-files, and so on.
6757 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6758 as if you used a typewriter.
6759 \begin_inset Index idx
6762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6763 Paragraph environments|)
6771 \begin_layout Section
6772 Nesting Environments
6773 \begin_inset Index idx
6776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6777 Nesting ! Environments
6783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6792 \begin_layout Subsection
6796 \begin_layout Standard
6797 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6799 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6801 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6803 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6815 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 \begin_layout Enumerate
6824 \begin_layout Enumerate
6828 \begin_layout Enumerate
6833 \begin_layout Enumerate
6837 \begin_layout Standard
6838 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6839 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6842 \begin_inset space ~
6846 \begin_inset space ~
6854 \begin_inset space ~
6858 \begin_inset space ~
6867 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6868 will tell you how far you are nested).
6869 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6870 \begin_inset Graphics
6871 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6876 \begin_inset Graphics
6877 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6881 or the convenient key bindings
6892 arg "depth-increment"
6898 arg "depth-decrement"
6901 to change the nesting level.
6902 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6903 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6907 \begin_layout Standard
6908 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6909 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6910 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6911 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6916 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6918 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6921 \begin_layout Subsection
6922 What You Can and Can't Nest
6925 \begin_layout Standard
6926 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6927 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6931 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6932 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6933 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6936 \begin_layout Itemize
6937 Completely unnestable
6940 \begin_layout Itemize
6941 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6945 \begin_layout Itemize
6946 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6950 \begin_layout Standard
6951 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6952 environments have them:
6955 \begin_layout Description
6956 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6957 Can't nest into them.
6961 \begin_layout Itemize
6967 \begin_layout Itemize
6973 \begin_layout Itemize
6979 \begin_layout Itemize
6985 \begin_layout Itemize
6992 \begin_layout Description
6994 \begin_inset space ~
6997 Nestable You can nest them.
6998 You can nest other things into them.
7002 \begin_layout Itemize
7008 \begin_layout Itemize
7014 \begin_layout Itemize
7020 \begin_layout Itemize
7026 \begin_layout Itemize
7032 \begin_layout Itemize
7038 \begin_layout Itemize
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7051 \begin_layout Description
7052 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7053 You can't nest anything into them.
7057 \begin_layout Itemize
7063 \begin_layout Itemize
7069 \begin_layout Itemize
7075 \begin_layout Itemize
7081 \begin_layout Itemize
7087 \begin_layout Itemize
7093 \begin_layout Itemize
7099 \begin_layout Itemize
7105 \begin_layout Itemize
7111 \begin_layout Itemize
7117 \begin_layout Itemize
7123 \begin_layout Itemize
7129 \begin_layout Itemize
7135 \begin_layout Itemize
7139 \begin_inset space ~
7145 \begin_layout Itemize
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7153 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7161 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7170 \begin_inset space ~
7174 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7178 \begin_inset space \space{}
7181 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7182 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7183 section headings violate this.
7191 \begin_layout Subsection
7192 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7193 \begin_inset Index idx
7196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7197 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7205 \begin_layout Standard
7206 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7207 affected by nesting anyhow.
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7215 \begin_layout Itemize
7219 \begin_layout Itemize
7223 \begin_layout Standard
7225 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7233 Figures and tables in
7237 are not affected by this.
7242 Have a look at section
7243 \begin_inset space ~
7247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7249 reference "sec:Floats"
7253 for more information about
7260 \begin_layout Standard
7261 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7262 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7266 \begin_layout Standard
7267 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7275 of its own, it behaves just like a
7276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7283 paragraph environment.
7284 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7288 \begin_layout Standard
7289 Here's an example with a table:
7292 \begin_layout Enumerate
7297 \begin_layout Enumerate
7298 This is (a) and it's nested.
7302 \begin_layout Standard
7303 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7309 \begin_layout Standard
7311 \begin_inset Tabular
7312 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7313 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7400 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7407 \begin_layout Enumerate
7409 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7413 \begin_layout Enumerate
7417 \begin_layout Standard
7418 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7421 \begin_layout Enumerate
7426 \begin_layout Enumerate
7427 This is (a) and it's nested.
7431 \begin_layout Standard
7432 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7438 \begin_layout Standard
7440 \begin_inset Tabular
7441 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7442 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7443 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7528 \begin_layout Standard
7529 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7542 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7545 \begin_layout Enumerate
7549 \begin_layout Standard
7550 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7554 \begin_layout Standard
7555 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7557 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7560 \begin_layout Enumerate
7565 \begin_layout Enumerate
7566 This is (a) and it's nested.
7569 \begin_layout Standard
7570 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7576 \begin_layout Standard
7578 \begin_inset Tabular
7579 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7580 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7666 \begin_layout Standard
7667 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7673 \begin_layout Enumerate
7675 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7683 \begin_layout Enumerate
7687 \begin_layout Standard
7688 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7694 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7695 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7699 \begin_layout Subsection
7700 Usage and General Features
7703 \begin_layout Standard
7704 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7713 is the innermost possible depth.
7714 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7717 \begin_layout Enumerate
7718 level #1 – outermost
7722 \begin_layout Enumerate
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 \begin_layout Enumerate
7737 \begin_layout Itemize
7742 \begin_layout Itemize
7751 \begin_layout Standard
7752 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7753 both of them in the example.
7754 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7764 For example, if we tried to nest another
7769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7776 , we would get errors.
7779 \begin_layout Subsection
7781 \begin_inset Index idx
7784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7793 \begin_layout Standard
7794 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7795 We have several examples of nested environments.
7796 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7800 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7801 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7804 \begin_layout Labeling
7805 \labelwidthstring MMM
7806 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7815 \begin_layout Labeling
7816 \labelwidthstring MMM
7817 #2-a This is level #2.
7818 We created it by using
7821 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7827 arg "depth-increment"
7834 \begin_layout Labeling
7835 \labelwidthstring MMM
7836 #3-a This is level #3.
7837 This time, we just hit
7844 arg "depth-increment"
7848 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7852 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7858 arg "depth-increment"
7865 \begin_layout Standard
7870 environment, nested inside of
7871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7879 So, it's at level #4.
7880 We did this by hitting
7883 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7889 arg "depth-increment"
7892 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7897 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7913 \begin_layout Standard
7918 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7921 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7927 \begin_layout Labeling
7928 \labelwidthstring MMM
7929 #4-a This is level #4.
7933 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7936 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7941 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7945 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7950 keep nesting things inside
7951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7962 \begin_layout Labeling
7963 \labelwidthstring MMM
7964 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7969 \begin_layout Labeling
7970 \labelwidthstring MMM
7971 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7972 and this is level #6.
7973 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7977 \begin_layout Labeling
7978 \labelwidthstring MMM
7979 #5-b Back to level #5.
7983 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7989 arg "depth-decrement"
7996 \begin_layout Labeling
7997 \labelwidthstring MMM
8001 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8007 arg "depth-decrement"
8010 , we're back at level #4.
8014 \begin_layout Labeling
8015 \labelwidthstring MMM
8016 #3-b Back to level #3.
8017 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8021 \begin_layout Labeling
8022 \labelwidthstring MMM
8023 #2-b Back to level #2.
8028 \begin_layout Labeling
8029 \labelwidthstring MMM
8030 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8031 After this sentence, we'll hit
8035 and change the paragraph environment back to
8042 \begin_layout Standard
8043 We could have also used the
8059 environment in place of the
8064 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8067 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8068 Example 2: Inheritance
8071 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8072 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8075 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8084 arg "depth-increment"
8087 , after which, we'll change to the
8095 \begin_layout Enumerate
8100 environment, at level #2.
8103 \begin_layout Enumerate
8104 Notice how the nested
8108 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8112 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8116 \begin_layout Standard
8117 We ended this example by hitting
8122 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8126 and reset the nesting depth by using
8129 arg "depth-decrement"
8135 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8136 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8149 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8157 \begin_layout Enumerate
8158 This is level #1, in an
8162 paragraph environment.
8163 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8167 \begin_layout Enumerate
8172 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8178 arg "depth-increment"
8182 Now, what happens if we nest an
8186 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8187 label be? An asterisk?
8191 \begin_layout Itemize
8201 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8202 So, its label is a bullet.
8203 (We got here by using
8206 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8212 arg "depth-increment"
8215 , then changing the environment to
8223 \begin_layout Itemize
8224 Here's level #4, produced using
8227 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8233 arg "depth-increment"
8237 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8242 \begin_layout Enumerate
8243 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8245 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8250 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8254 , because we are in the
8263 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8282 \begin_layout Enumerate
8287 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8288 type of numbering does LyX use?
8291 \begin_layout Enumerate
8292 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8295 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8298 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8301 \begin_layout Enumerate
8305 arg "depth-decrement"
8308 to decrease the depth after the next
8311 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8318 \begin_layout Enumerate
8320 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8324 \begin_layout Enumerate
8326 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8327 numeral as the label.Why?
8330 \begin_layout Enumerate
8331 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8340 Notice, however, that LyX
8344 reset the counter for the label.
8348 \begin_layout Enumerate
8352 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8358 arg "depth-decrement"
8361 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8362 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8363 into the twofold-nested
8371 \begin_layout Enumerate
8372 The same thing happens if we do another
8375 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8381 arg "depth-decrement"
8384 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8387 \begin_layout Standard
8388 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8393 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8407 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8413 The same rule applies for the
8417 environment, as well.
8420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8421 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8424 \begin_layout Enumerate
8425 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8426 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8427 same detail with how we did it.
8436 \begin_layout Standard
8444 arg "depth-increment"
8451 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8452 example in parentheses someplace.
8453 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8454 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8455 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8459 \begin_layout Enumerate
8464 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8469 Now we'll add verse.
8470 \begin_inset Newline newline
8473 It will get much worse.
8474 \begin_inset Newline newline
8484 arg "depth-increment"
8495 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8496 \begin_inset Newline newline
8499 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8500 \begin_inset Newline newline
8506 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8519 \begin_layout Standard
8520 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8526 \begin_layout Standard
8528 \begin_inset Tabular
8529 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8530 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8531 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8621 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8631 arg "depth-increment"
8637 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8647 arg "depth-decrement"
8654 \begin_layout Enumerate
8659 : level #1) This is another item.
8660 Note that selecting a
8664 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8665 3 times to put the table inside the
8673 \begin_layout Quotation
8674 We're now ending the
8678 list and changing to
8683 We're still at level #1.
8684 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8685 The next set of paragraphs is a
8686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8700 \begin_inset space ~
8705 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8709 for the letter body.
8713 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8716 to preserve the depth.
8717 Remember that you need to use
8720 arg "newline-insert newline"
8723 to create multiple lines inside the
8730 \begin_inset space ~
8740 \begin_layout Right Address
8742 \begin_inset Newline newline
8745 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8746 \begin_inset Newline newline
8752 \begin_layout Address
8754 \begin_inset space ~
8760 \begin_layout Quotation
8761 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8765 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8766 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8767 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8768 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8769 as soon as possible.
8770 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8773 \begin_layout Quotation
8774 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8775 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8776 with your order, along with payment.
8779 \begin_layout Quotation
8780 We thank you again for your patience.
8783 \begin_layout Address
8785 \begin_inset Newline newline
8792 \begin_layout Quotation
8793 That ends that example!
8796 \begin_layout Standard
8797 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8798 just a few keystrokes.
8799 We could have easily nested an
8820 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8823 \begin_layout Section
8824 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8825 \begin_inset Index idx
8828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8837 \begin_layout Standard
8838 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8839 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8840 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8841 be broken at the end of a line.
8842 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8846 \begin_layout Subsection
8848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8850 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8855 \begin_inset Index idx
8858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8867 \begin_layout Standard
8868 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8870 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8874 Further documentation is given in section
8875 \begin_inset Newline newline
8879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8881 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8889 \begin_layout Standard
8890 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8905 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8914 A protected space is set with
8916 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8917 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8921 \begin_inset space ~
8931 arg "space-insert protected"
8937 \begin_layout Subsection
8939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8941 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8946 \begin_inset Index idx
8949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8950 Spacing ! Horizontal
8958 \begin_layout Standard
8959 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8962 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8966 The length units are listed in Appendix
8967 \begin_inset space ~
8971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8973 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8984 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8989 \begin_inset Index idx
8992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9001 \begin_layout Standard
9003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9007 \begin_inset space \space{}
9010 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9011 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9012 \begin_inset space ~
9016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9018 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9023 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9024 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9027 arg "space-insert normal"
9033 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9037 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9042 \begin_inset Index idx
9045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9054 \begin_layout Standard
9056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9063 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9072 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9073 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9074 inside abbreviations:
9079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9083 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9086 \begin_layout Standard
9087 or between values and units.
9088 Compare for example this:
9089 \begin_inset Newline newline
9093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9097 \begin_inset Newline newline
9103 \begin_layout Standard
9104 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9107 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9109 \begin_inset space ~
9117 arg "space-insert thin"
9123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9127 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9134 \begin_layout Standard
9135 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9138 \begin_layout Description
9140 \begin_inset space ~
9144 \begin_inset space ~
9148 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9152 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9156 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9159 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9162 \begin_layout Description
9164 \begin_inset space ~
9168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9172 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9176 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9180 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9187 em) space between the arrows.
9190 \begin_layout Description
9192 \begin_inset space ~
9196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9200 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9204 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9208 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9212 \begin_inset space ~
9216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9219 em) space between the arrows.
9222 \begin_layout Description
9224 \begin_inset space ~
9228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9232 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9236 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9240 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9244 \begin_inset space ~
9248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9251 em) space between the arrows.
9254 \begin_layout Description
9256 \begin_inset space ~
9260 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9264 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9269 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9276 cm space between the arrows.
9279 \begin_layout Standard
9281 \begin_inset space ~
9285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9287 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9291 lists the different space sizes.
9294 \begin_layout Standard
9295 \begin_inset Float table
9300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9302 \begin_inset Caption
9304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9307 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9311 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9321 \begin_inset Tabular
9322 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9323 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9324 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9389 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9548 \begin_inset Index idx
9551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9560 \begin_layout Standard
9561 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9562 in a uniform fashion.
9563 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9564 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9565 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9566 equally between themselves.
9570 \begin_layout Standard
9571 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9576 This is on the left side
9577 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9580 This is on the right
9586 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9603 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9607 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9613 \begin_layout Standard
9614 That was an example in the
9620 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9624 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9628 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9631 is one in a standard paragraph.
9632 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9636 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9639 \begin_layout Standard
9640 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9643 \begin_inset space ~
9648 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9651 \begin_layout Standard
9653 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9657 \begin_inset space ~
9663 \begin_layout Standard
9665 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9669 \begin_inset space ~
9675 \begin_layout Standard
9677 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9681 \begin_inset space ~
9687 \begin_layout Standard
9689 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9693 \begin_inset space ~
9699 \begin_layout Standard
9701 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9705 \begin_inset space ~
9711 \begin_layout Standard
9713 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9717 \begin_inset space ~
9723 \begin_layout Standard
9724 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9732 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9736 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9737 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9738 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9742 option in the space dialog.
9750 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9752 \begin_inset Index idx
9755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9764 \begin_layout Standard
9765 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9771 \begin_inset space \space{}
9774 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9777 \begin_layout Standard
9778 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9781 What is correct English?:
9782 \begin_inset Newline newline
9786 \begin_inset Newline newline
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9793 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9794 \begin_inset Newline newline
9801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9812 \begin_inset Newline newline
9819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9830 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9836 \begin_layout Standard
9837 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9842 \begin_inset space ~
9846 \begin_inset space ~
9850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9854 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9872 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9876 for more information about TeX-Code.
9882 In our case write the command
9889 (note the space after
9890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9897 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9898 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9899 That is why it is named
9900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9912 There exists also the commands
9924 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9925 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9926 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9928 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9940 \begin_layout Subsection
9942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9944 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9949 \begin_inset Index idx
9952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9961 \begin_layout Standard
9962 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9965 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9967 \begin_inset space ~
9973 There you find the following sizes:
9976 \begin_layout Standard
9989 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9994 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10000 \begin_inset Index idx
10003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10004 Document ! Settings
10009 for the paragraph separation.
10010 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10021 \begin_layout Standard
10027 \begin_inset Index idx
10030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10036 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10037 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10039 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10040 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10049 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10058 s are described in section
10059 \begin_inset space ~
10063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10065 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10074 If there are several
10078 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10079 You can therefore use
10083 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10086 \begin_layout Standard
10091 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10092 \begin_inset space ~
10096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10098 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10105 \begin_layout Standard
10106 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10116 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10117 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10129 \begin_layout Subsection
10130 Paragraph Alignment
10133 \begin_layout Standard
10134 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10136 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10140 There are five possibilities:
10143 \begin_layout Itemize
10151 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10157 \begin_layout Itemize
10165 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10171 \begin_layout Itemize
10179 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10185 \begin_layout Itemize
10193 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10199 \begin_layout Itemize
10207 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10215 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10216 the left and right margins.
10217 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10220 \begin_layout Standard
10222 This paragraph is right aligned,
10225 \begin_layout Standard
10227 this one is centered,
10230 \begin_layout Standard
10232 this one is left aligned.
10235 \begin_layout Subsection
10237 \begin_inset Index idx
10240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10241 Page breaks ! Forced
10247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10249 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10256 \begin_layout Standard
10257 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10258 can force a page break where you want one.
10259 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10260 Only if you use a lot of
10264 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10267 \begin_layout Standard
10268 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10269 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10273 have to change the page breaking.
10276 \begin_layout Standard
10277 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10279 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10282 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10284 \begin_inset space ~
10290 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10292 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10293 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10295 \begin_inset space ~
10300 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10302 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10303 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10306 \begin_layout Standard
10307 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10308 at the top of a page.
10309 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10310 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10311 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10312 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10316 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10320 to learn more about
10327 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10331 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10336 \begin_inset Index idx
10339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10340 Page breaks ! Clear
10348 \begin_layout Standard
10349 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10350 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10351 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10352 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10353 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10356 \begin_layout Standard
10357 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10360 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10362 \begin_inset space ~
10368 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10371 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10373 \begin_inset space ~
10377 \begin_inset space ~
10382 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10383 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10386 \begin_layout Subsection
10388 \begin_inset Index idx
10391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10400 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10408 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10410 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10413 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10415 \begin_inset space ~
10419 \begin_inset space ~
10427 arg "newline-insert newline"
10431 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10433 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10434 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10436 \begin_inset space ~
10440 \begin_inset space ~
10445 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10447 This is necessary to avoid
10448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10455 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10458 \begin_layout Standard
10459 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10460 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10461 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10462 set a line break, e.
10463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10467 \begin_inset space \space{}
10470 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10471 \begin_inset space ~
10475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10477 reference "sec:Quote"
10482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10484 reference "sec:Verse"
10489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10491 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10498 \begin_layout Subsection
10500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10502 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10507 \begin_inset Index idx
10510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10519 \begin_layout Standard
10524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10525 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10527 \begin_inset space ~
10532 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10538 \begin_layout Section
10539 Characters and Symbols
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10543 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10544 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10549 \begin_inset space \space{}
10552 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10560 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10564 for information on how this is done.
10567 \begin_layout Standard
10568 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10573 dialog via the menu
10575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10576 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10582 \begin_layout Standard
10583 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10591 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10592 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10593 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10601 \begin_layout Section
10602 Fonts and Text Styles
10603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10605 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10612 \begin_layout Subsection
10614 \begin_inset Index idx
10617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10627 There are two types of fonts:
10630 \begin_layout Description
10632 \begin_inset space ~
10636 \begin_inset Index idx
10639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10645 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10650 characters) in the font.
10651 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10652 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10653 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10654 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10655 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10656 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10657 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10658 \begin_inset Newline newline
10661 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10662 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10663 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10664 sizes than at small ones.
10665 \begin_inset Newline newline
10679 \begin_inset space ~
10687 \begin_layout Description
10689 \begin_inset space ~
10693 \begin_inset Index idx
10696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10703 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10704 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10705 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10706 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10707 picture manipulation program.
10708 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10709 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10710 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10711 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10712 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10714 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10715 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10716 \begin_inset Newline newline
10719 Bitmap fonts are named
10722 \begin_inset space ~
10727 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10731 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10732 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10733 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10734 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10735 use scalable fonts.
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10739 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10740 its document properties.
10743 \begin_layout Standard
10744 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10745 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10746 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10747 font to emphasize text, you use an
10748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10756 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10757 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10761 \begin_layout Subsection
10762 Document Font and Font size
10763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10765 name "sub:Document-Font"
10770 \begin_inset Index idx
10773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10780 \begin_inset Index idx
10783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10793 You can set the document fonts in the
10795 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10799 \begin_inset Index idx
10802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10803 Document ! Settings
10809 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10810 font shapes roman (serif),
10813 \begin_inset space ~
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 The possible options for the font include
10830 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10835 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10857 European Computer Modern
10860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10870 \begin_layout Standard
10879 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10880 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10885 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10888 \begin_inset space ~
10893 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10899 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10900 There are three ways to use one:
10903 \begin_layout Itemize
10904 One way is to use the
10914 Virtual means that it
10915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10926 -glyphs from other fonts.
10927 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10949 Loading the LaTeX-package
10954 \begin_inset Index idx
10957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10958 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10963 with the document preamble line
10964 \begin_inset Newline newline
10971 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10972 \begin_inset Newline newline
10977 will fix the guillemet problem.
10982 and that accented characters are not
10986 glyph, they are build of
10990 characters, the accent and the letter.
10991 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10995 fonts for words with accented characters.
10996 If you search for example for the French word
10997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11004 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11013 and not for the glyph
11014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11018 \begin_inset space ~
11022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11028 \begin_layout Itemize
11029 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11042 , consist of these three main font types
11045 \begin_inset space ~
11074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11078 \begin_inset space ~
11085 as typewriter font.
11086 \begin_inset Newline newline
11089 The differences between roman,
11092 \begin_inset space ~
11101 fonts are explained in section
11102 \begin_inset space ~
11106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11108 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11113 \begin_inset Newline newline
11120 was originally designed for newspapers.
11121 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11122 into the small newspaper columns.
11127 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11130 \begin_layout Itemize
11131 The best solution is to use the
11140 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11144 as the default font.
11145 In most cases they look the same as
11153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11154 One difference is improved kerning for the
11167 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11178 \begin_layout Standard
11179 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11182 For the font size there are four possible values:
11199 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11202 \begin_layout Standard
11203 The font sizes are the
11208 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11209 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11210 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11213 \begin_inset space ~
11219 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11220 \begin_inset space ~
11224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11226 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11233 \begin_layout Standard
11238 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11239 a font to display the script characters.
11243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11244 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11249 So this has no effect for the document language
11265 \begin_layout Standard
11266 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11270 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11278 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11282 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11283 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11284 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11286 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11289 dialog, see section
11290 \begin_inset space ~
11294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11296 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11308 \begin_layout Subsection
11309 Using Different Character Styles
11310 \begin_inset Index idx
11313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11320 \begin_inset Index idx
11323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11332 \begin_layout Standard
11333 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11334 certain paragraph environments.
11335 LyX supports two character styles,
11344 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11348 \begin_layout Standard
11353 style, do one of the following:
11356 \begin_layout Itemize
11357 click on the toolbar button
11358 \begin_inset Graphics
11359 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11366 \begin_layout Itemize
11367 use the key binding
11376 \begin_layout Standard
11377 These commands are all toggles.
11382 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11385 \begin_layout Standard
11386 One typically uses the
11390 style for proper names.
11392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11399 is the original author of LyX.
11400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11406 \begin_layout Standard
11407 A more widely used character style is the
11412 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11419 \begin_layout Itemize
11420 clicking on the toolbar button
11421 \begin_inset Graphics
11422 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11429 \begin_layout Itemize
11430 using the keybindings
11439 \begin_layout Standard
11444 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11445 es use a different font.
11448 \begin_layout Standard
11449 We've been using the
11453 style all over the place in this document.
11454 Here's one more example:
11457 \begin_layout Quotation
11460 Don't overuse character styles!
11463 \begin_layout Standard
11464 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11465 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11466 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11467 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11471 \begin_layout Standard
11472 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11480 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11482 \begin_inset space ~
11490 \begin_layout Subsection
11491 Fine-Tuning with the
11496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11498 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11503 \begin_inset Index idx
11506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11515 \begin_layout Standard
11516 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11517 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11518 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11519 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11520 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11521 from ordinary dialog.
11524 \begin_layout Standard
11525 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11526 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11527 \begin_inset Newline newline
11530 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11531 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11534 \begin_layout Standard
11535 To use custom character styles, open the
11537 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11539 \begin_inset space ~
11545 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11546 font property which you can choose.
11547 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11550 \begin_inset space ~
11555 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11560 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11561 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11562 environments in a snap.
11565 \begin_layout Standard
11566 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11569 \begin_inset space ~
11581 \begin_layout Labeling
11582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11596 The possible options are:
11600 \begin_layout Labeling
11601 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11606 This is the Roman font family.
11607 Normally a serif font.
11608 It's also the default family.
11618 \begin_layout Labeling
11619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11623 \begin_inset space ~
11630 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11642 \begin_layout Labeling
11643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11650 This is the Typewriter font family.
11656 arg "font-typewriter"
11665 \begin_layout Labeling
11666 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11671 This corresponds to the print weight.
11676 \begin_layout Labeling
11677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11682 This is the Medium font series.
11683 It's also the default series.
11686 \begin_layout Labeling
11687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11694 This is the Bold font series.
11707 \begin_layout Labeling
11708 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11713 As the name implies.
11718 \begin_layout Labeling
11719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11724 This is the Upright font shape.
11725 It's also the default shape.
11728 \begin_layout Labeling
11729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11743 s the Italic font shape
11749 \begin_layout Labeling
11750 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11757 This is the Slanted font shape
11759 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11762 \begin_layout Labeling
11763 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11767 \begin_inset space ~
11774 This is the Small caps font shape
11781 \begin_layout Labeling
11782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11787 Alters the size of the font.
11788 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11789 nal to the document font size.
11790 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11791 what you want to do.
11796 \begin_layout Labeling
11797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11818 arg "font-size tiny"
11824 \begin_layout Labeling
11825 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11846 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11852 \begin_layout Labeling
11853 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11874 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11880 \begin_layout Labeling
11881 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11902 arg "font-size small"
11908 \begin_layout Labeling
11909 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11923 It's also the default size.
11927 arg "font-size normal"
11933 \begin_layout Labeling
11934 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11955 arg "font-size large"
11961 \begin_layout Labeling
11962 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11983 arg "font-size larger"
11989 \begin_layout Labeling
11990 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12011 arg "font-size largest"
12017 \begin_layout Labeling
12018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12039 arg "font-size huge"
12045 \begin_layout Labeling
12046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12067 arg "font-size giant"
12074 \begin_layout Standard
12079 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12080 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12081 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12082 — use that instead.
12083 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12086 \begin_layout Labeling
12087 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12092 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12097 \begin_layout Labeling
12098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12105 This is text with emphasize on
12108 This might seem like the same as
12112 , but it is actually a bit different.
12118 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12120 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12123 \begin_layout Labeling
12124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12131 This is text with Underbar on.
12137 arg "font-underline"
12143 \begin_inset Newline newline
12148 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12149 when you couldn't change fonts.
12150 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12151 It's only included in LyX because some people
12155 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12158 \begin_layout Labeling
12159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12166 This is text with Noun on.
12173 , this is a logical attribute.
12174 Normally it's equivalent to
12177 \begin_inset space ~
12186 \begin_layout Labeling
12187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12192 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12193 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12197 \begin_inset space ~
12202 , which is the default
12203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12210 and means normally black, you can choose between
12243 \begin_inset Index idx
12246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12255 \begin_layout Labeling
12256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12261 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12262 the language of the document.
12263 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12267 \begin_layout Standard
12268 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12269 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12273 \begin_inset space ~
12278 dialog, the settings are saved.
12279 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12280 \begin_inset Graphics
12281 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12286 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12287 when the dialog isn't visible.
12291 \begin_layout Standard
12292 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12299 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12300 (suppose you just set the shape to
12301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12319 \begin_inset space ~
12331 \begin_layout Standard
12332 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12340 \begin_inset space ~
12352 \begin_layout Itemize
12358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12365 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12383 \begin_inset Newline newline
12390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12415 \begin_inset Note Note
12418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12419 For more on phantoms see section
12420 \begin_inset space ~
12424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12426 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12436 \begin_inset Newline newline
12442 \begin_layout Itemize
12447 fonts use characters with serifs.
12448 These are the small
12449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12456 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12457 The following example will show the difference:
12458 \begin_inset Newline newline
12462 \begin_inset Newline newline
12467 text without serifs
12470 \begin_inset Newline newline
12473 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12474 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12481 \begin_layout Itemize
12487 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12488 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12491 \begin_layout Standard
12492 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12493 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12496 \begin_layout Section
12497 Printing and Previewing
12500 \begin_layout Subsection
12504 \begin_layout Standard
12505 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12506 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12507 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12508 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12509 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12511 Additional Features
12516 \begin_layout Standard
12517 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12518 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12519 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12520 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12521 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12522 This happens in two stages:
12525 \begin_layout Enumerate
12526 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12527 generating a file with the extension,
12528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12542 \begin_layout Enumerate
12543 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12547 file to produce printable output.
12551 \begin_layout Subsection
12552 Output file formats
12553 \begin_inset Index idx
12556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12565 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12572 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12574 \begin_inset Index idx
12577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12578 File formats ! ASCII
12586 \begin_layout Standard
12587 This file type has the extension
12588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12600 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12604 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12611 \begin_layout Standard
12612 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12614 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12615 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12621 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12623 \begin_inset Index idx
12626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12627 File formats ! LaTeX
12635 \begin_layout Standard
12636 This file type has the extension
12637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12648 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12650 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12651 it manually with console commands.
12652 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12653 you view or export your document.
12656 \begin_layout Standard
12657 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12659 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12660 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12677 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12679 \begin_inset Index idx
12682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12692 This file type has the extension
12693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12713 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12714 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12715 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12719 \begin_layout Standard
12720 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12721 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12722 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12723 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12725 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12728 \begin_layout Standard
12729 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12731 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12732 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12740 \begin_inset Index idx
12743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12744 File formats ! PostScript
12752 \begin_layout Standard
12753 This file type has the extension
12754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12766 PostScript was developed by the company
12770 as a printer language.
12771 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12773 PostScript can be seen as a
12774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12777 programming language
12778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12781 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12786 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12792 \begin_inset Index idx
12795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12796 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12806 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12809 \begin_layout Standard
12810 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12814 Encapsulated PostScript
12815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12818 (EPS, file extension
12819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12831 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12832 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12837 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12838 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12841 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12842 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12843 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12844 EPS to avoid this problem.
12847 \begin_layout Standard
12848 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12850 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12851 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12859 \begin_inset Index idx
12862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12869 \begin_inset Index idx
12872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12881 \begin_layout Standard
12882 This file type has the extension
12883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12899 Portable Document Format
12900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12907 was derived from PostScript.
12908 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12917 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12918 looks exactly the same.
12921 \begin_layout Standard
12922 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12926 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12930 (JPG, file extension
12931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12958 Portable Network Graphics
12959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12962 (PNG, file extension
12963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12975 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12976 in the background to one of these formats.
12977 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12978 will slow down your workflow.
12979 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12982 \begin_layout Standard
12983 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12985 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12988 in three different ways:
12991 \begin_layout Description
12992 PDF This uses the program
12996 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12997 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13001 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13002 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13005 \begin_layout Description
13007 \begin_inset space ~
13010 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13014 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13018 \begin_layout Description
13020 \begin_inset space ~
13023 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13027 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13030 \begin_layout Standard
13031 We recommend to use
13034 \begin_inset space ~
13043 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13044 works without problems.
13049 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13052 \begin_layout Subsection
13054 \begin_inset Index idx
13057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13066 \begin_layout Standard
13067 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13068 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13072 and choose a file type.
13073 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13076 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13079 you can use the toolbar button
13080 \begin_inset Graphics
13081 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13088 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13093 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13095 \begin_inset space ~
13101 \begin_inset Graphics
13102 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13108 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13112 \begin_inset Graphics
13113 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13120 arg "buffer-view ps"
13126 \begin_layout Standard
13127 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13128 viewer window using the menu
13130 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13136 \begin_layout Standard
13137 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13139 To have a real output, export your document.
13142 \begin_layout Subsection
13143 Printing the File from within LyX
13144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13146 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13155 it directly from within LyX.
13156 To print a file, select the menu
13158 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13161 or click on the toolbar button
13162 \begin_inset Graphics
13163 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13168 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13169 This file is then processed by the program
13173 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13178 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13181 \begin_layout Standard
13182 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13183 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13184 printing one set to print on the other side.
13185 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13186 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13187 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13190 \begin_layout Standard
13191 You can set the parameters in the
13194 \begin_inset space ~
13202 \begin_layout Labeling
13203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13208 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13213 Note that this printer name is for the program
13222 has to be configured for this printer name.
13223 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13224 \begin_inset space ~
13228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13230 reference "sub:Printer"
13239 The printer should understand PostScript.
13242 \begin_layout Labeling
13243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13248 The name of a file to print to.
13249 The output will be a PostScript file.
13250 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13254 \begin_layout Section
13255 A few Words about Typography
13256 \begin_inset Index idx
13259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13268 \begin_layout Subsection
13270 \begin_inset Index idx
13273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13282 \begin_layout Standard
13284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13295 character comes in four lengths: the
13307 , and the minus sign:
13308 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13314 \begin_layout Standard
13315 \begin_inset Tabular
13316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13317 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13318 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13319 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13321 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13350 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13390 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13417 \begin_inset space ~
13420 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13427 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13454 \begin_inset space ~
13457 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13478 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13512 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13518 \begin_layout Standard
13519 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13531 character multiple times in a row.
13532 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13533 the final output, but not in LyX.
13535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13565 \begin_layout Standard
13566 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13567 math mode and has a length of its own.
13568 Here are some examples of the
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13583 \begin_layout Enumerate
13584 line- and page-breaks
13585 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13595 \begin_layout Enumerate
13597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13608 Oh — there's a dash.
13609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13619 \begin_layout Enumerate
13620 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13624 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13634 \begin_layout Subsection
13636 \begin_inset Index idx
13639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13648 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13655 \begin_layout Standard
13656 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13657 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13662 \begin_inset Index idx
13665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13666 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13671 following the rules of the document language
13675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13676 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13684 \begin_inset space ~
13688 \begin_inset space ~
13695 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13706 \begin_layout Standard
13707 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13712 font and with unusual constructs, like
13713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13721 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13722 This is done with the menu
13724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13725 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13727 \begin_inset space ~
13733 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13734 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13739 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13749 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13757 as hyphenation possibility.
13758 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13759 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13760 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13766 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13767 As LyX doesn't support
13773 , you have to use TeX Code.
13774 The result looks in LyX like:
13777 \begin_layout Standard
13778 \begin_inset Graphics
13779 filename clipart/mbox.png
13786 \begin_layout Standard
13787 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13788 \begin_inset space ~
13792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13794 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13801 \begin_layout Subsection
13803 \begin_inset Index idx
13806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13815 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13816 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13819 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13826 \begin_layout Standard
13827 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13828 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13829 LaTeX then adds the
13830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13833 appropriate amount of space
13834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13838 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13840 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13843 \begin_layout Standard
13844 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13845 not work in all cases.
13847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13858 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13859 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13862 \begin_layout Standard
13863 Here are some examples of
13867 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13870 \begin_layout Itemize
13875 \begin_layout Itemize
13880 \begin_layout Standard
13881 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13884 \begin_layout Itemize
13886 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13890 this is too much space!
13893 \begin_layout Itemize
13898 \begin_layout Standard
13899 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13902 \begin_layout Standard
13903 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13906 \begin_layout Enumerate
13910 \begin_inset space ~
13915 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13916 \begin_inset space ~
13920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13922 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13927 \begin_inset Index idx
13930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13931 Spaces ! inter-word
13939 \begin_layout Enumerate
13943 \begin_inset space ~
13948 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13949 \begin_inset space ~
13953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13955 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13960 \begin_inset Index idx
13963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13972 \begin_layout Enumerate
13976 \begin_inset space ~
13980 \begin_inset space ~
13984 \begin_inset space ~
13991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13993 \begin_inset space ~
13998 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13999 This function is also bound to
14002 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14008 \begin_layout Standard
14009 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14012 \begin_layout Itemize
14014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14018 \begin_inset space \space{}
14021 this is too much space!
14024 \begin_layout Itemize
14025 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14029 \begin_layout Standard
14030 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14031 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14032 will take care of this.
14035 \begin_layout Standard
14036 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14040 \begin_inset space ~
14045 feature described in section
14051 Additional Features
14056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14058 \begin_inset Index idx
14061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14062 Typography ! Quotes
14068 \begin_inset Index idx
14071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14102 \begin_layout Standard
14103 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14104 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14105 and use a closing quote at the end.
14107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14115 The keyboard character,
14119 , generates this automatically.
14122 \begin_layout Standard
14123 You can change the behavior of the
14127 key using the submenu
14133 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14137 \begin_inset Index idx
14140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14141 Document ! Settings
14149 \begin_layout Standard
14150 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14155 There are six choices:
14158 \begin_layout Labeling
14159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14171 Use quotes like this
14172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14180 \begin_inset Quotes els
14184 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14190 \begin_layout Labeling
14191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14194 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14198 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14204 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14208 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14212 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14218 \begin_layout Labeling
14219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14222 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14226 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14232 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14236 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14240 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14244 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14250 \begin_layout Labeling
14251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14254 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14258 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14264 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14268 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14272 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14276 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14282 \begin_layout Labeling
14283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14286 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14290 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14296 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14300 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14304 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14308 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14314 \begin_layout Labeling
14315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14318 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14322 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14328 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14332 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14336 \begin_inset Quotes als
14340 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14346 \begin_layout Standard
14347 These settings affect what character the
14354 \begin_layout Subsection
14356 \begin_inset Index idx
14359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14360 Typography ! Ligatures
14366 \begin_inset Index idx
14369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14400 name "sub:Ligatures"
14407 \begin_layout Standard
14408 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14409 print them as single characters.
14410 These groups are known as
14415 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14417 Here are the standard ligatures:
14420 \begin_layout Itemize
14424 \begin_layout Itemize
14428 \begin_layout Itemize
14432 \begin_layout Itemize
14436 \begin_layout Itemize
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14441 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14444 \begin_layout Standard
14445 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14446 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14454 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14470 To break a ligature, use
14472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14473 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14475 \begin_inset space ~
14482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14493 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14510 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14518 \begin_layout Subsection
14520 \begin_inset Index idx
14523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14532 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14539 \begin_layout Standard
14540 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14541 characters in different sizes and heights.
14542 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14543 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14563 \begin_inset Note Note
14566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14567 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14575 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14576 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14581 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14585 \begin_layout Description
14586 LyX The name of the game, write
14587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 \begin_layout Description
14609 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14631 \begin_layout Description
14632 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14654 \begin_layout Description
14655 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14678 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14683 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14691 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14692 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14693 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14696 : The actual version is
14697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14704 , the previous one was
14705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14715 \begin_layout Standard
14716 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14721 \begin_inset space \space{}
14724 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14726 This will look in LyX like:
14727 \begin_inset Graphics
14728 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14734 \begin_inset Newline newline
14737 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14738 \begin_inset space ~
14742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14744 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14751 \begin_layout Subsection
14753 \begin_inset Index idx
14756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14765 \begin_layout Standard
14766 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14767 space between two words.
14768 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14778 for units use the menu
14780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14781 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14783 \begin_inset space ~
14791 arg "space-insert thin"
14797 \begin_layout Standard
14798 Here's an example to show the differences:
14801 \begin_layout Standard
14802 \begin_inset Tabular
14803 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14804 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14805 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14806 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 \begin_inset space ~
14817 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14829 space between number and unit
14836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14845 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14857 half space between number and unit
14870 \begin_layout Subsection
14872 \begin_inset Index idx
14875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14876 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14884 \begin_layout Standard
14885 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14887 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14888 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14889 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14890 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14891 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14892 These bits of text became known as
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14904 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14905 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14906 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14907 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14908 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14909 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14910 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14913 \begin_layout Standard
14914 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14915 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14916 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14917 \begin_inset space ~
14921 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14923 key "latexcompanion"
14928 \begin_inset space ~
14932 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14938 ] may have more information.
14939 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14942 \begin_layout Chapter
14943 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14946 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14953 \begin_layout Standard
14954 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14959 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14962 \begin_layout Section
14964 \begin_inset Index idx
14967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14984 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14987 \begin_layout Description
14989 \begin_inset space ~
14992 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14993 \begin_inset Newline newline
14997 \begin_inset Note Note
15000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15001 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15009 \begin_layout Description
15010 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15011 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15013 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15014 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15015 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15018 \begin_inset Newline newline
15022 \begin_inset Note Comment
15025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15026 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15034 \begin_layout Description
15036 \begin_inset space ~
15039 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15040 \begin_inset Newline newline
15044 \begin_inset Newline newline
15048 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15057 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15058 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15059 How this can be done is explained in the
15068 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15074 \begin_inset Newline newline
15078 \begin_inset Newline newline
15081 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15082 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15086 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15087 \begin_inset Graphics
15088 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15090 scaleBeforeRotation
15096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15100 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15103 \begin_layout Section
15105 \begin_inset Index idx
15108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15117 name "sec:Footnotes"
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15125 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15131 or the toolbar button
15132 \begin_inset Graphics
15133 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15146 \begin_inset Graphics
15147 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15156 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15185 label, the box will
15189 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15190 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15203 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15219 \begin_layout Standard
15220 Here's an example footnote:
15228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15229 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15238 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15239 position where the footnote box is placed.
15240 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15241 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15242 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15243 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15244 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15249 ey are described in the
15256 \begin_layout Section
15258 \begin_inset Index idx
15261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15270 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15277 \begin_layout Standard
15278 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15279 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15283 \begin_inset space ~
15288 or the toolbar button
15289 \begin_inset Graphics
15290 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15317 appearing within your text.
15318 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15327 \begin_layout Standard
15328 At the side is an example marginal note.
15332 \begin_inset Marginal
15335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15336 This is a marginal note.
15344 \begin_layout Standard
15345 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15346 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15347 pages, right on odd pages.
15350 \begin_layout Section
15351 Graphics and Images
15352 \begin_inset Index idx
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15362 \begin_inset Index idx
15365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15374 name "sec:Graphics"
15381 \begin_layout Standard
15382 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15383 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15384 \begin_inset Graphics
15385 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15391 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15395 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15398 \begin_layout Standard
15399 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15404 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15405 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15407 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15408 \begin_inset space ~
15412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15414 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15426 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15427 of the image in the output.
15428 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15432 \begin_inset space ~
15436 \begin_inset space ~
15445 \begin_inset space ~
15449 \begin_inset space ~
15453 \begin_inset space ~
15458 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15459 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15467 \begin_layout Standard
15470 LaTeX and LyX options
15472 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15473 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15477 \begin_inset space ~
15482 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15483 with the image size is printed.
15487 \begin_inset space ~
15491 \begin_inset space ~
15495 \begin_inset space ~
15500 is explained in the
15511 \begin_layout Standard
15512 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15513 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15515 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15521 \begin_inset Graphics
15522 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15524 rotateOrigin center
15531 \begin_layout Standard
15532 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15533 the image into a float, see section
15534 \begin_inset space ~
15538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15540 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15547 \begin_layout Subsection
15549 \begin_inset Index idx
15552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15561 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15568 \begin_layout Standard
15569 You can insert images in any known file format.
15570 But as we explained in section
15571 \begin_inset space ~
15575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15577 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15581 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15582 LyX uses therefore the program
15586 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15587 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15588 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15589 \begin_inset space ~
15593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15595 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15602 \begin_layout Standard
15603 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15606 \begin_layout Description
15608 \begin_inset space ~
15611 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15612 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15613 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15617 Graphics Interchange Format
15618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15621 (GIF, file extension
15622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15634 \begin_inset Index idx
15637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15669 Portable Network Graphics
15670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15673 (PNG, file extension
15674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15686 \begin_inset Index idx
15689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15721 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15725 (JPG, file extension
15726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15750 \begin_inset Index idx
15753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15784 \begin_layout Description
15786 \begin_inset space ~
15789 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15791 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15792 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15793 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15794 \begin_inset Newline newline
15797 Scalable image formats can be
15798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15801 Scalable Vector Graphics
15802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15805 (SVG, file extension
15806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15818 \begin_inset Index idx
15821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15853 Encapsulated PostScript
15854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15857 (EPS, file extension
15858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15870 \begin_inset Index idx
15873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15905 Portable Document Format
15906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15909 (PDF, file extension
15910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15922 \begin_inset Index idx
15925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15932 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15933 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15934 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15940 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15948 \begin_layout Standard
15949 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15953 \begin_layout Subsection
15954 Grouping of Image Settings
15955 \begin_inset Index idx
15958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15959 Images ! Settings grouping
15967 \begin_layout Standard
15968 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15970 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15971 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15973 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15974 need to manually change each of them.
15978 \begin_layout Standard
15979 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15982 \begin_inset space ~
15987 field in the Graphics dialog.
15988 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15989 by checking the name of the desired group.
15992 \begin_layout Section
15994 \begin_inset Index idx
15997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16013 \begin_layout Standard
16014 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16015 \begin_inset Graphics
16016 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16027 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16028 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16029 from the rest of the table.
16030 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16031 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16033 Here's an example table:
16036 \begin_layout Standard
16038 \begin_inset Tabular
16039 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16040 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16244 \begin_layout Subsection
16248 \begin_layout Standard
16249 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16250 brings up the table dialog.
16251 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16252 where the cursor is placed currently.
16253 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16254 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16255 done on all of your selection.
16258 \begin_layout Standard
16259 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16262 \begin_inset space ~
16267 helps you in setting table properties.
16268 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16271 \begin_layout Standard
16275 \begin_inset space ~
16280 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16281 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16282 current cell respectively.
16283 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16285 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16286 of text, see section
16287 \begin_inset space ~
16291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16293 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16300 \begin_layout Standard
16301 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16307 This will merge the cells to
16311 cell, spread over more than one column.
16312 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16313 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16314 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16315 in the last row without the upper border:
16318 \begin_layout Standard
16320 \begin_inset Tabular
16321 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16322 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16324 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16337 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16346 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16422 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16457 \begin_layout Standard
16458 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16459 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16460 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16461 explained in the tables section of the
16464 \begin_inset space ~
16470 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16474 degrees counterclockwise.
16475 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16478 \begin_layout Standard
16479 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16487 Most DVI-viewers are
16491 able to display rotations.
16499 \begin_layout Standard
16504 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16509 adds lines for all cell borders.
16512 \begin_layout Subsection
16514 \begin_inset Index idx
16517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16518 Tables ! Longtables
16524 \begin_inset Index idx
16527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16536 \begin_layout Standard
16537 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16540 \begin_inset space ~
16544 \begin_inset space ~
16553 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16554 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16557 \begin_layout Description
16562 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16563 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16564 except for the first page, if
16567 \begin_inset space ~
16575 \begin_layout Description
16579 \begin_inset space ~
16584 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16585 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16588 \begin_layout Description
16593 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16594 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16595 except for the last page, if
16598 \begin_inset space ~
16606 \begin_layout Description
16610 \begin_inset space ~
16615 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16616 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16619 \begin_layout Description
16620 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16621 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16623 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16627 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16630 \begin_inset space ~
16638 \begin_layout Standard
16639 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16640 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16641 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16642 The others will then be defined as
16647 In this context, first means first in this order:
16650 \begin_inset space ~
16662 \begin_inset space ~
16668 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16671 \begin_layout Standard
16673 \begin_inset Tabular
16674 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16675 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16676 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16677 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16678 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16679 <row endfirsthead="true">
16680 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16686 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16691 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16700 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <row endfirsthead="true">
16711 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16722 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16743 <row endhead="true">
16744 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16755 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16764 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <row endhead="true">
16775 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16795 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <row endfoot="true">
16808 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16828 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16859 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17818 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17860 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17891 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17922 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17953 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17984 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <row endlastfoot="true">
18790 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 \begin_layout Subsection
18829 \begin_inset Index idx
18832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18841 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18848 \begin_layout Standard
18849 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18850 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18851 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18852 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18856 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18857 for the cell's paragraph.
18860 \begin_layout Standard
18861 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18862 for the column in the table dialog.
18863 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18864 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18868 \begin_layout Standard
18870 \begin_inset Tabular
18871 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18872 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18874 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 This is longer now.
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19077 This is longer now.
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19108 \begin_layout Standard
19109 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19110 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19116 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19122 Selection with the mouse or with
19126 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19127 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19128 the selection from outside the table.
19131 \begin_layout Section
19133 \begin_inset Index idx
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19152 \begin_layout Standard
19153 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19154 have a fixed location.
19156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19163 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19171 \begin_inset space ~
19176 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19177 too many notes on the page.
19180 \begin_layout Standard
19181 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19182 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19183 and pages without text.
19184 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19185 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19186 Floats are therefore numbered.
19187 Referencing is described in section
19188 \begin_inset space ~
19192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19194 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19201 \begin_layout Standard
19202 To insert a float, use the menu
19204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19208 A box with a caption that has e.
19209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19213 \begin_inset space \space{}
19217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19221 \begin_inset space ~
19225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19228 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19229 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19231 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19232 \begin_inset Index idx
19235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19241 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19242 paragraph within the float.
19243 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19244 by left-clicking on the box label.
19245 A closed float box looks like this:
19246 \begin_inset Graphics
19247 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19252 – a gray button with a red label.
19255 \begin_layout Standard
19256 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19257 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19260 \begin_layout Subsection
19264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19266 \begin_inset Index idx
19269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 Floats ! Figure floats
19276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19278 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19285 \begin_layout Standard
19288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19289 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19292 inserts a float with the label
19293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19299 \begin_inset space ~
19305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19309 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19310 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19311 This is what we did for Figure
19312 \begin_inset space ~
19316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19318 reference "cap:Platypus"
19323 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19324 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19325 This was done in Figure
19326 \begin_inset space ~
19330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19332 reference "cap:Escher"
19339 \begin_layout Standard
19340 \begin_inset Float figure
19345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19347 \begin_inset Graphics
19348 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19350 rotateOrigin center
19357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19358 \begin_inset Caption
19360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19363 name "cap:Platypus"
19367 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19380 \begin_layout Standard
19381 \begin_inset Float figure
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19387 \begin_inset Caption
19389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19407 \begin_inset Graphics
19408 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19410 rotateOrigin center
19422 \begin_layout Standard
19423 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19425 As described in section
19426 \begin_inset space ~
19430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19432 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19436 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19441 and refer to it using the menu
19443 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19447 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19456 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19468 \begin_layout Standard
19469 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19470 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19471 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19472 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19474 \begin_inset space ~
19478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19480 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19484 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19485 You can also set the images one below the other.
19487 \begin_inset space ~
19491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19493 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19500 reference "fig:Platypus"
19504 are the subfigures.
19507 \begin_layout Standard
19508 \begin_inset Float figure
19513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19518 \begin_inset Float figure
19523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 \begin_inset Caption
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19529 name "fig:Undefinable"
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19542 \begin_inset Graphics
19543 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19558 \begin_inset Float figure
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19564 \begin_inset Caption
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19569 name "fig:Platypus"
19581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19582 \begin_inset Graphics
19583 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19602 \begin_inset Caption
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19607 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19611 Two distorted images.
19624 \begin_layout Standard
19625 Note that the caption is added to the
19628 \begin_inset space ~
19632 \begin_inset space ~
19637 as described in section
19638 \begin_inset space ~
19642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19644 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19653 \begin_inset Index idx
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 Floats ! Table floats
19665 \begin_layout Standard
19666 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19668 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19669 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19673 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19676 \begin_inset space ~
19680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19682 reference "cap:Table-float"
19686 is an example of a table float.
19689 \begin_layout Standard
19690 \begin_inset Float table
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 \begin_inset Caption
19698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19701 name "cap:Table-float"
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19715 \begin_inset Tabular
19716 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19717 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19718 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19847 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19871 \end{array}\right]$
19879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19892 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19913 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19915 \begin_inset Index idx
19918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19927 \begin_layout Standard
19928 This float type is inserted with the menu
19930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19931 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19935 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19936 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19940 , described in section
19941 \begin_inset space ~
19945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19947 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19954 \begin_layout Standard
19955 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19963 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19969 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19972 \begin_layout Standard
19977 floatname{algorithm}{your
19978 \begin_inset space ~
19984 \begin_layout Standard
19985 to the document preamble (menu
19987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19994 \begin_inset space ~
20000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20016 \begin_inset Index idx
20019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20020 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20028 \begin_layout Standard
20029 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 \begin_inset Graphics
20038 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20040 rotateOrigin center
20047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20048 \begin_inset Caption
20050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20053 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20057 This is a wrapped figure.
20058 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20071 This float type is used if you want to
20072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20079 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20081 It can be inserted using the menu
20083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20084 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20086 \begin_inset space ~
20091 if the LaTeX-package
20096 \begin_inset Index idx
20099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20100 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20110 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20113 \begin_inset space ~
20123 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20126 \begin_inset space ~
20130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20132 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20136 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20145 Available units are explained in Appendix
20146 \begin_inset space ~
20150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20152 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20161 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20165 \begin_layout Standard
20166 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20174 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20179 \begin_inset space \space{}
20182 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20183 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20192 \begin_layout Itemize
20193 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20194 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20195 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20196 page breaks will appear.
20199 \begin_layout Itemize
20200 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20201 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20204 \begin_layout Itemize
20205 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20206 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20209 \begin_layout Itemize
20210 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20213 \begin_layout Subsection
20215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20217 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20222 \begin_inset Index idx
20225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20234 \begin_layout Standard
20235 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20236 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20240 \begin_inset space ~
20248 \begin_layout Standard
20249 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20250 have a multi-column document).
20251 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20254 \begin_inset space ~
20260 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20261 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20268 \begin_layout Standard
20269 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20270 format is also the same: Table
20271 \begin_inset space ~
20275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20277 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20281 is an example of a rotated table float.
20284 \begin_layout Standard
20285 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20293 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20301 \begin_layout Standard
20302 \begin_inset Float table
20307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20308 \begin_inset Caption
20310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20313 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20327 \begin_inset Tabular
20328 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20329 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20331 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20394 \begin_layout Subsection
20396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20398 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20403 \begin_inset Index idx
20406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 \begin_layout Standard
20416 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20417 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20418 \begin_inset Newline newline
20424 \begin_inset space ~
20429 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20430 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20431 \begin_inset Newline newline
20437 \begin_inset space ~
20442 is used to rotate floats, see section
20443 \begin_inset space ~
20447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20449 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20456 \begin_layout Standard
20457 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20458 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20461 \begin_inset space ~
20465 \begin_inset space ~
20473 \begin_layout Description
20475 \begin_inset space ~
20479 \begin_inset space ~
20482 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20485 \begin_layout Description
20487 \begin_inset space ~
20491 \begin_inset space ~
20494 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20497 \begin_layout Description
20499 \begin_inset space ~
20503 \begin_inset space ~
20506 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20509 \begin_layout Description
20511 \begin_inset space ~
20515 \begin_inset space ~
20518 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20521 \begin_layout Standard
20522 The order of the above option is
20527 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20531 \begin_inset space ~
20535 \begin_inset space ~
20543 \begin_inset space ~
20547 \begin_inset space ~
20552 , and then the others.
20553 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20555 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20556 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20559 \begin_layout Standard
20560 By default, each option has its own rules:
20563 \begin_layout Standard
20567 \begin_inset space ~
20571 \begin_inset space ~
20576 only floats occupying less than 70
20577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20580 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20587 \begin_inset space ~
20591 \begin_inset space ~
20596 : only floats occupying less than 30
20597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20600 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20603 \begin_layout Standard
20607 \begin_inset space ~
20611 \begin_inset space ~
20616 : only if more than 50
20617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20620 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20624 \begin_layout Standard
20625 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20629 \begin_inset space ~
20633 \begin_inset space ~
20641 \begin_layout Standard
20642 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20643 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20644 For this case you can use the option
20647 \begin_inset space ~
20653 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20655 Because the float is then no longer able to
20656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20663 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20667 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20668 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20671 \begin_layout Standard
20672 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20674 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20676 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20683 \begin_layout Section
20685 \begin_inset Index idx
20688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20697 name "sec:Minipages"
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20705 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20707 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20708 \begin_inset space ~
20715 \begin_layout Standard
20716 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20722 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20723 and its alignment within the page.
20726 \begin_layout Standard
20728 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20737 height_special "totalheight"
20740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20743 This is a minipage.
20744 The text is set in an italic style.
20747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20750 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20751 another formatting.
20759 \begin_layout Standard
20760 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20763 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20767 as described in section
20768 \begin_inset space ~
20772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20774 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20779 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20785 \begin_layout Standard
20786 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20795 height_special "totalheight"
20798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20799 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20800 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20806 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20810 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20819 height_special "totalheight"
20822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20823 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20824 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20832 \begin_layout Standard
20833 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20839 \begin_layout Standard
20840 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20841 to other box types.
20842 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20853 \begin_layout Chapter
20854 Mathematical Formulas
20855 \begin_inset Index idx
20858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20865 \begin_inset Index idx
20868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20899 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20906 \begin_layout Standard
20907 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20912 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20915 \begin_layout Section
20917 \begin_inset Index idx
20920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20929 \begin_layout Standard
20930 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20931 \begin_inset Graphics
20932 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20937 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20939 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20940 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20941 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20949 \begin_layout Standard
20950 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20954 \begin_inset space ~
20959 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20962 \begin_layout Standard
20963 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20964 line, like this one:
20967 \begin_layout Standard
20968 This is a line with an inline formula
20969 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20977 paragraph, like this one:
20978 \begin_inset Formula \[
20983 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20986 \begin_layout Standard
20987 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20993 \begin_inset space \space{}
20997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21010 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21011 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21015 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21018 \begin_inset space ~
21026 \begin_layout Subsection
21027 Navigating in Formulas
21028 \begin_inset Index idx
21031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21040 \begin_layout Standard
21041 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21042 achieved with the arrow keys.
21043 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21044 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21049 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21050 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21054 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21058 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21061 \end{array}\right]$
21069 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21074 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21075 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21078 \begin_layout Standard
21083 , printed in this document as
21084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21105 \begin_inset Note Note
21108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21109 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21110 space character (visible space).
21115 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21116 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21117 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21122 For example, if you want
21123 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21177 , since in the latter case only the
21180 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21185 will be under the square root sign:
21186 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21192 \begin_layout Standard
21193 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21195 \begin_inset Formula \[
21196 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21200 \end{array}\right)\]
21204 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21205 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21208 \begin_layout Subsection
21212 \begin_layout Standard
21213 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21214 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21218 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21219 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21220 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21221 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21222 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21225 \begin_layout Subsection
21226 Exponents and Subscripts
21227 \begin_inset Index idx
21230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21237 \begin_inset Index idx
21240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21249 \begin_layout Standard
21250 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21251 way is to use a command.
21253 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21256 , type in a formula
21262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21278 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21284 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21288 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21309 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21318 , you have to use an extra
21322 to separate the hat and the character.
21324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21328 \begin_inset space \space{}
21332 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21353 Subscripts are similar: To get
21354 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21377 \begin_layout Subsection
21379 \begin_inset Index idx
21382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21391 \begin_layout Standard
21392 Create a fraction with either the command
21399 \begin_inset Graphics
21400 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21408 \begin_inset space ~
21414 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21415 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21416 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21421 To move back up, press
21426 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21427 \begin_inset Formula \[
21428 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21431 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21438 \begin_layout Subsection
21440 \begin_inset Index idx
21443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21452 \begin_layout Standard
21453 Roots can be created using the
21456 \begin_inset space ~
21462 \begin_inset Graphics
21463 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21486 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21492 produces always a square root.
21495 \begin_layout Subsection
21496 Operators with Limits
21497 \begin_inset Index idx
21500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21507 \begin_inset Index idx
21510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21519 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21526 \begin_layout Standard
21528 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21532 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21535 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21536 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21537 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21538 The sum operator will automatically place its
21539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21546 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21549 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21553 \begin_inset Formula \[
21554 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21558 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21562 \begin_layout Standard
21563 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21565 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21566 behind the operator and hitting
21574 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21575 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21577 \begin_inset space ~
21581 \begin_inset space ~
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21590 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21598 feature as addition, such as
21599 \begin_inset Index idx
21602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21609 \begin_inset Formula \[
21610 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21614 which will place the
21615 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21627 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21628 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21634 \begin_layout Standard
21635 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21642 Have a look at section
21643 \begin_inset space ~
21647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21649 reference "sub:Functions"
21653 for an explanation of function macros.
21656 \begin_layout Subsection
21658 \begin_inset Index idx
21661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21670 \begin_layout Standard
21671 Most math symbols can be found in the
21674 \begin_inset space ~
21679 under one of several categories; including
21696 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21700 \begin_layout Standard
21701 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21702 you don't have to use the
21705 \begin_inset space ~
21710 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21711 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21714 \begin_layout Subsection
21716 \begin_inset Index idx
21719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21728 \begin_layout Standard
21729 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21734 arg "space-insert protected"
21740 \begin_inset space ~
21746 \begin_inset Graphics
21747 filename ../images/math/space.png
21752 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21753 For example, the sequence
21758 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21762 \begin_inset Graphics
21763 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21768 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21769 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21770 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21771 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21773 Here are two examples:
21776 \begin_layout Standard
21786 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21792 \begin_layout Standard
21802 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21808 \begin_layout Subsection
21810 \begin_inset Index idx
21813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21822 name "sub:Functions"
21829 \begin_layout Standard
21833 \begin_inset space ~
21838 contains under the button
21839 \begin_inset Graphics
21840 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21844 a number of function macros, such as
21845 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21849 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21857 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21864 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21865 avoid confusions, because
21866 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21870 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21876 \begin_layout Standard
21877 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21879 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21883 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21889 \begin_layout Standard
21890 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21891 s are placed, as described in section
21892 \begin_inset space ~
21896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21898 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21905 \begin_layout Subsection
21907 \begin_inset Index idx
21910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21919 \begin_layout Standard
21920 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21922 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21923 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21924 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21928 \begin_inset space \space{}
21932 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21935 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21936 Our example is entered by typing
21944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21957 \begin_inset space ~
21961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21963 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21967 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21970 \begin_layout Standard
21971 \begin_inset Float table
21976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21977 \begin_inset Caption
21979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21982 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21986 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 \begin_inset Tabular
21997 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21998 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22085 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22139 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22193 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22247 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22301 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22355 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22409 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22463 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22517 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22562 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22583 \begin_layout Standard
22584 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22587 \begin_inset space ~
22593 \begin_inset Graphics
22594 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22598 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22602 \begin_layout Section
22603 Brackets and Delimiters
22604 \begin_inset Index idx
22607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22614 \begin_inset Index idx
22617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22626 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22633 \begin_layout Standard
22634 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22635 For most purposes, using just the keys
22640 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22641 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22642 toolbar delimiter icon
22643 \begin_inset Graphics
22644 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22649 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22651 \begin_inset Formula \[
22652 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22655 \end{array}\right]\]
22659 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22660 \begin_inset Formula \[
22661 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22668 \begin_layout Standard
22669 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22670 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22673 \begin_layout Standard
22674 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22675 left side and right side.
22676 If you use the option
22679 \begin_inset space ~
22684 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22685 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22686 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22687 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22690 \begin_layout Standard
22691 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22692 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22693 inside the brackets.
22694 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22699 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22702 \begin_layout Section
22703 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22704 \begin_inset Index idx
22707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22714 \begin_inset Index idx
22717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22724 \begin_inset Index idx
22727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22728 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22736 \begin_layout Standard
22737 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22740 \begin_inset space ~
22746 \begin_inset Graphics
22747 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22752 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22753 Here is an example:
22754 \begin_inset Formula \[
22755 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22759 \end{array}\right)\]
22763 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22764 \begin_inset space ~
22768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22770 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22775 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22776 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22777 This alignment is set in the box
22782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22830 for every column as default.
22831 For example, the sequence
22832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22843 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22844 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22845 corresponds to the relevant column.
22846 The result will look like this:
22847 \begin_inset Formula \[
22849 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22850 column & has & has\, right\\
22851 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22863 arg "newline-insert newline"
22866 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22867 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22869 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22872 or the math toolbar.
22875 \begin_layout Standard
22876 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22877 It can be created with the menu
22879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22880 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22882 \begin_inset space ~
22894 Here is an example:
22895 \begin_inset Formula \[
22907 \begin_layout Standard
22908 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22911 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22914 arg "newline-insert newline"
22918 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22923 arg "newline-insert newline"
22926 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22934 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22935 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22936 A new row is created by every further hit of
22939 arg "newline-insert newline"
22943 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22944 Here is an example:
22945 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22946 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22947 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
22952 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22953 where you want to start the shift and hit
22958 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22959 position to the next column.
22960 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22961 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22962 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22963 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22970 \begin_layout Standard
22971 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22978 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22979 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22982 reference "eq:asquared"
22987 The other types are described in section
22988 \begin_inset space ~
22992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22994 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23001 \begin_layout Section
23002 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23003 \begin_inset Index idx
23006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23007 Math ! Formula numbering
23013 \begin_inset Index idx
23016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23017 Math ! Referencing formulas
23023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23025 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23032 \begin_layout Standard
23033 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23035 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23036 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23038 \begin_inset space ~
23046 arg "math-number-toggle"
23050 The formula number appears in LyX as
23051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23058 within parentheses.
23060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23067 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23069 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23070 the document class.
23071 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23072 separated by a dot:
23073 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23074 1+1=2\end{equation}
23081 arg "math-number-toggle"
23084 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23085 You can only number displayed formulas.
23088 \begin_layout Standard
23089 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23091 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23092 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23094 \begin_inset space ~
23098 \begin_inset space ~
23102 \begin_inset space ~
23110 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23113 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23114 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23116 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23122 To number all lines use the shortcut
23125 arg "math-number-toggle"
23131 \begin_layout Standard
23132 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23135 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23136 A label is inserted with the menu
23138 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23141 when the cursor is in the formula.
23142 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23143 It is recommended to use the proposed
23144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23155 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23156 type when you have many labels in your document.
23157 We inserted in the following example the label
23158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23165 in the second line:
23166 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23167 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23168 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23173 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23174 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23184 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23188 \begin_inset space ~
23194 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23195 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23196 as the formula number:
23199 \begin_layout Standard
23200 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23203 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23210 \begin_layout Standard
23211 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23212 \begin_inset space ~
23216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23218 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23223 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23229 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23234 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23242 \begin_layout Section
23243 User defined math macros
23244 \begin_inset Index idx
23247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 \begin_layout Standard
23257 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23258 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23259 Math macros are explained in section
23262 \begin_inset space ~
23274 \begin_layout Section
23278 \begin_layout Subsection
23280 \begin_inset Index idx
23283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23292 \begin_layout Standard
23293 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23294 To set a font in a formula, use the
23297 \begin_inset space ~
23303 \begin_inset Graphics
23304 filename ../images/math/font.png
23308 , or enter its command, listed in table
23309 \begin_inset space ~
23313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23315 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23322 \begin_layout Standard
23323 \begin_inset Float table
23328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23329 \begin_inset Caption
23331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23334 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23338 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23348 \begin_inset Tabular
23349 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23350 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23351 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23411 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23471 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23525 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23559 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23586 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23620 \begin_layout Standard
23621 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23629 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23645 \begin_layout Standard
23646 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23647 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23652 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23653 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23654 Here an example where
23655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23666 denotes the set of numbers:
23667 \begin_inset Formula \[
23668 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23675 \begin_layout Standard
23676 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23682 \begin_inset space \space{}
23694 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23698 \begin_inset Newline newline
23701 So it is better not to use this feature.
23704 \begin_layout Standard
23705 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23706 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23710 \begin_inset Newline newline
23713 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23719 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23720 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23726 \begin_layout Standard
23733 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23736 \begin_layout Standard
23737 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23739 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23740 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23742 \begin_inset space ~
23750 \begin_layout Subsection
23752 \begin_inset Index idx
23755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23764 \begin_layout Standard
23765 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23767 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23771 \begin_inset space ~
23775 \begin_inset space ~
23783 \begin_inset space ~
23789 \begin_inset Graphics
23790 filename ../images/math/font.png
23801 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23802 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23803 Here is an example:
23804 \begin_inset Formula \[
23806 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23807 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23815 \begin_layout Subsection
23817 \begin_inset Index idx
23820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23829 \begin_layout Standard
23830 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23831 automatically chosen in most situations.
23849 For most characters,
23857 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23858 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23863 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23864 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23866 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23867 \begin_inset Graphics
23868 filename ../images/math/style.png
23873 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23874 For example, you can set
23875 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23878 , which is normally in
23887 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23891 The four styles are used in the following example:
23894 \begin_layout Standard
23895 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23899 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23903 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23907 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23913 \begin_layout Standard
23914 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23915 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23919 \begin_inset space ~
23924 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23925 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23926 will be adjusted to correspond.
23927 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23938 \begin_layout Standard
23942 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23948 \begin_layout Section
23952 \begin_layout Standard
23953 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23954 the document classes and into layout modules.
23955 \begin_inset Index idx
23958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23964 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23965 other than the AMS classes.
23967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23969 reference "sub:Modules"
23973 for more on layout modules.
23976 \begin_layout Section
23978 \begin_inset Index idx
23981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23988 \begin_inset Index idx
23991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24000 \begin_layout Standard
24001 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24002 (AMS) that are in common use.
24005 \begin_layout Subsection
24006 Enabling AMS-Support
24009 \begin_layout Standard
24010 Selecting the checkbox
24013 \begin_inset space ~
24017 \begin_inset space ~
24021 \begin_inset space ~
24028 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24032 \begin_inset Index idx
24035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24036 Document ! Settings
24044 \begin_inset space ~
24049 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24051 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24052 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24055 \begin_layout Subsection
24057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24059 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24064 \begin_inset Index idx
24067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24068 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24076 \begin_layout Standard
24077 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24078 LyX allows you to choose between
24099 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24102 \begin_layout Chapter
24106 \begin_layout Section
24108 \begin_inset Index idx
24111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24120 name "sec:Cross-References"
24127 \begin_layout Standard
24128 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24129 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24131 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24132 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24133 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24136 \begin_layout Enumerate
24140 \begin_layout Enumerate
24141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24143 name "enu:Second-item"
24150 \begin_layout Enumerate
24154 \begin_layout Standard
24155 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24160 or by pressing the toolbar button
24161 \begin_inset Graphics
24162 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24168 A grey label box like this:
24169 \begin_inset Graphics
24170 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24175 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24176 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24211 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24216 \begin_inset space \space{}
24219 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24234 \begin_layout Standard
24235 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24237 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24240 or the toolbar button
24241 \begin_inset Graphics
24242 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24248 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24249 \begin_inset Graphics
24250 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24255 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24257 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24270 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24274 \begin_layout Standard
24277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24280 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24285 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24286 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24288 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24294 \begin_layout Standard
24295 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24296 \begin_inset space ~
24300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24302 reference "enu:Second-item"
24309 \begin_layout Standard
24310 It is recommended to use a protected space
24314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24315 described in section
24316 \begin_inset space ~
24320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24322 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24331 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24335 \begin_layout Standard
24336 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24339 \begin_layout Description
24340 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24343 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24350 \begin_layout Description
24351 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24352 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24364 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24371 \begin_layout Description
24372 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24373 \begin_inset space ~
24377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24378 LatexCommand pageref
24379 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24386 \begin_layout Description
24388 \begin_inset space ~
24392 \begin_inset space ~
24395 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24397 LatexCommand vpageref
24398 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24405 \begin_layout Description
24407 \begin_inset space ~
24411 \begin_inset space ~
24415 \begin_inset space ~
24418 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24422 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24429 \begin_layout Description
24431 \begin_inset space ~
24434 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24435 \begin_inset Newline newline
24439 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24447 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24452 \begin_inset Index idx
24455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24456 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24469 \begin_layout Standard
24470 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24471 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24477 \begin_inset space \space{}
24481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24496 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24497 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24498 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24502 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24506 \begin_layout Standard
24507 You can only use the style
24511 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24515 is always possible.
24518 \begin_layout Standard
24519 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24520 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24521 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24522 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24523 \begin_inset space ~
24527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24529 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24536 \begin_layout Standard
24540 \begin_inset space ~
24544 \begin_inset space ~
24549 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24551 The button text changes then to
24554 \begin_inset space ~
24559 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24560 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24561 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24562 \begin_inset Graphics
24563 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24565 rotateOrigin center
24572 \begin_layout Standard
24573 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24574 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24575 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24579 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24580 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24583 \begin_layout Standard
24584 References are described in detail in the
24591 \begin_layout Section
24592 Table of Contents and other Listings
24593 \begin_inset Index idx
24596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24603 \begin_inset Index idx
24606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24622 \begin_layout Subsection
24624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24626 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24633 \begin_layout Standard
24634 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24636 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24637 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24639 \begin_inset space ~
24643 \begin_inset space ~
24649 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24650 If you click on it, the
24654 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24655 sections in your documents.
24656 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24658 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24661 that is described in sec.
24662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24668 reference "sec:Navigating"
24675 \begin_layout Standard
24676 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24677 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24679 \begin_inset space ~
24683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24685 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24689 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24691 \begin_inset space ~
24695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24697 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24701 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24703 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24706 \begin_layout Subsection
24707 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24710 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24717 \begin_layout Standard
24718 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24719 You can insert them via the
24721 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24723 \begin_inset space ~
24727 \begin_inset space ~
24733 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24736 \begin_layout Section
24737 URLs and Hyperlinks
24738 \begin_inset Index idx
24741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24748 \begin_inset Index idx
24751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24760 \begin_layout Subsection
24762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24771 \begin_layout Standard
24772 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24781 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24782 \begin_inset Flex URL
24785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24795 \begin_layout Standard
24796 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24802 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24806 \begin_layout Standard
24807 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24815 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24823 \begin_layout Subsection
24825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24827 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24834 \begin_layout Standard
24835 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24840 or with the toolbar button
24841 \begin_inset Graphics
24842 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24843 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24848 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24857 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24858 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24859 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24861 name "LyX's homepage"
24862 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24866 , an Email address like this:
24867 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24869 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24870 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24875 , or a link to a file.
24878 \begin_layout Standard
24879 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24892 to the link target.
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24896 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24897 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24898 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24899 the text style dialog.
24900 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24904 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24906 name "LyX's homepage"
24907 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24919 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24921 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24922 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24926 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24928 \begin_inset Newline newline
24936 \begin_inset Newline newline
24943 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24946 \begin_layout Section
24948 \begin_inset Index idx
24951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24960 name "sec:Appendices"
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24968 Appendices are created with the menu
24970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24972 \begin_inset space ~
24976 \begin_inset space ~
24982 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24983 as the appendix region.
24984 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24987 \begin_layout Standard
24988 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24989 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24990 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24991 and the subsection number.
24992 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24996 \begin_layout Standard
24998 \begin_inset space ~
25002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25004 reference "cha:Credits"
25009 \begin_inset space ~
25013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25015 reference "sub:Export"
25022 \begin_layout Section
25024 \begin_inset Index idx
25027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25036 name "sec:Bibliography"
25043 \begin_layout Standard
25044 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25045 You can include a bibliography database,
25049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25050 Known under the name
25051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25063 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25064 manually, using the paragraph environment
25068 , which was described in section
25069 \begin_inset space ~
25073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25075 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25080 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25081 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25085 use a bibliography database.
25088 \begin_layout Subsection
25089 The Bibliography Environment
25092 \begin_layout Standard
25097 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25099 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25108 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25110 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25119 , a short form of its title, as key.
25122 \begin_layout Standard
25123 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25128 or the toolbar button
25129 \begin_inset Graphics
25130 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25136 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25137 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25138 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25139 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25143 \begin_layout Standard
25144 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25145 entry with surrounding brackets.
25150 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25151 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25163 \begin_layout Standard
25166 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25169 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25171 key "latexcompanion"
25178 \begin_layout Standard
25179 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25180 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25189 \begin_layout Subsection
25190 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25191 \begin_inset Index idx
25194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25195 Bibliography ! Databases
25201 \begin_inset Index idx
25204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25205 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25213 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25220 \begin_layout Standard
25221 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25227 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25229 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25230 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25235 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25237 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25238 your working field in a database.
25239 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25240 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25242 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25246 \begin_layout Standard
25247 The database is a text file with the file extension
25248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25259 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25260 The format is explained in
25261 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25267 and in LaTeX books (
25268 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25270 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25275 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25276 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25277 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25278 \begin_inset Flex URL
25281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25283 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25291 \begin_layout Standard
25292 To use a database, use the menu
25294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25299 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25312 \begin_inset space ~
25318 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25319 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25322 Add bibliography to TOC
25324 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25329 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25332 \begin_layout Standard
25333 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25345 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25346 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25347 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25349 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25355 For information how this is done, have a look at
25356 \begin_inset Newline newline
25360 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25362 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25375 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25378 \begin_layout Standard
25379 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25380 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25383 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25411 \begin_inset space ~
25417 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25423 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25432 \begin_layout Standard
25433 When you select the option
25435 Sectioned bibliography
25439 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25442 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25443 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25445 Customizing Bibliographies
25453 Additional Features
25458 \begin_layout Standard
25459 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25460 the two methods of creating them.
25461 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25462 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25463 We used the style file
25467 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25470 \begin_layout Subsection
25471 Bibliography layout
25472 \begin_inset Index idx
25475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25476 Bibliography ! Layout
25484 \begin_layout Standard
25485 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25486 For this feature you need to enable the option
25492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25496 \begin_inset Index idx
25499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25500 Document ! Settings
25510 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25511 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25512 in the previous section.
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25516 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25517 in the citation reference window.
25518 Here an example where we set the text
25519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25523 \begin_inset space ~
25527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25530 to appear after the reference:
25533 \begin_layout Standard
25535 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25538 key "latexcompanion"
25545 \begin_layout Section
25547 \begin_inset Index idx
25550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25567 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25571 \begin_inset space ~
25576 or the toolbar button
25577 \begin_inset Graphics
25578 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25596 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25597 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25598 by LyX as the index entry.
25601 \begin_layout Standard
25602 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25603 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25605 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25607 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25614 \begin_layout Standard
25615 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25617 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25619 \begin_inset space ~
25623 \begin_inset space ~
25626 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25628 \begin_inset space ~
25634 A light blue box labeled
25635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25646 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25647 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25650 \begin_layout Subsection
25651 Grouping Index Entries
25652 \begin_inset Index idx
25655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25664 \begin_layout Standard
25665 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25667 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25668 lists under the entry
25669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25677 First we create the entry
25678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25686 \begin_inset space ~
25690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25692 reference "sub:Lists"
25697 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25698 \begin_inset space ~
25702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25704 reference "sec:Itemize"
25708 , we insert the command
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25727 \begin_layout Standard
25728 for the enumerated list in section
25729 \begin_inset space ~
25733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25735 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25742 \begin_layout Standard
25743 The exclamation mark
25744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25751 marks the grouping levels.
25752 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25753 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25754 If we don't have an index entry for
25755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25762 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25765 \begin_layout Subsection
25767 \begin_inset Index idx
25770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25771 Index ! Page ranges
25779 \begin_layout Standard
25780 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25782 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25783 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25785 \begin_inset space ~
25789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25791 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25801 Paragraph environments|(
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25805 and another entry at the end of section
25806 \begin_inset space ~
25810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25812 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25819 \begin_layout Standard
25822 Paragraph environments|)
25825 \begin_layout Standard
25827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25850 respectively start and end the index range.
25851 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25852 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25853 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25854 An example is the index entry
25855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25858 Document ! Settings
25859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25865 \begin_layout Subsection
25867 \begin_inset Index idx
25870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25871 Index ! Cross referencing
25879 \begin_layout Standard
25880 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25881 We referred for example in the index entry
25882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25890 \begin_inset space ~
25894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25896 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25900 ) to the index entry
25901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25908 in the same section using the entry
25911 \begin_layout Standard
25914 GIF|see{Image formats}
25917 \begin_layout Standard
25918 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25919 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25920 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25923 \begin_layout Subsection
25925 \begin_inset Index idx
25928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25929 Index ! Entry order
25937 \begin_layout Standard
25938 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25939 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25940 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25945 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25947 \begin_inset space ~
25951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25953 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25962 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25963 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25988 \begin_inset Index idx
25991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25992 Dummy entries ! maïs
25998 \begin_inset Index idx
26001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26002 Dummy entries ! maître
26008 \begin_inset Index idx
26011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26012 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26017 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26018 order maïs, maison, maître.
26019 To achieve this, we use the command
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26025 previous entry@current entry
26028 \begin_layout Standard
26029 In our case we want to have
26030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26045 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26048 \begin_layout Standard
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26055 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26056 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26060 \begin_layout Standard
26061 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26068 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26073 to generate the index (see sec.
26074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26080 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26089 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26097 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26101 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26102 index commands start with
26103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26115 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26120 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26135 \begin_layout Standard
26147 \begin_layout Subsection
26149 \begin_inset Index idx
26152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26153 Index ! Entry layout
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26162 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26163 \begin_inset Index idx
26166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26169 This is an italic dummy entry
26174 You can also format the page number using the character
26175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26182 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26183 We can write for example
26186 \begin_layout Standard
26189 italic page number:|textit
26192 \begin_layout Standard
26193 to get the page number in italic.
26194 \begin_inset Index idx
26197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26198 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26203 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26221 \begin_inset space ~
26227 Have a look at section
26228 \begin_inset space ~
26232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26234 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26238 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26241 \begin_layout Standard
26242 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26250 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26254 to generate the index, see sec.
26255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26261 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26270 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26271 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26273 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26276 key "latexcompanion"
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26289 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26291 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26292 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26293 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26294 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26295 If so, put the following in the preamble
26298 \begin_layout Standard
26310 \begin_layout Standard
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26320 \begin_layout Standard
26321 in the index entry.
26322 \begin_inset Index idx
26325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26326 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26331 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26332 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26333 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26336 \begin_layout Standard
26337 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26343 \begin_inset space \space{}
26346 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26347 for all index entries.
26348 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26360 documentation for details,
26361 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26363 key "makeindex,xindy"
26370 \begin_layout Subsection
26372 \begin_inset Index idx
26375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26384 name "sub:Index-Program"
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26392 If the index entry program
26396 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26400 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26409 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26410 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26411 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26412 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26413 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26423 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26424 dialog, see section
26425 \begin_inset space ~
26429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26431 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26436 The available options are listed and explained in
26437 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26439 key "makeindex,xindy"
26444 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26448 \begin_layout Standard
26449 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26450 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26453 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26454 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26455 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26459 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26460 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26463 \begin_layout Subsection
26467 \begin_layout Standard
26468 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26469 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26477 next to the standard index.
26478 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26479 packages that add this feature.
26485 \begin_inset Index idx
26488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26489 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26494 package to generate multiple indexes.
26495 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26496 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26497 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26504 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26505 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26506 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26509 \begin_layout Standard
26510 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26512 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26513 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26514 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26521 Use multiple Indexes
26522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26526 Note that the list of
26527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26534 below already contains the standard index.
26535 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26536 also appear as a heading) to the
26537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26544 input field and press the
26545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26553 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26554 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26555 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26559 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26565 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26566 indexes in the LyX work area.
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26570 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26575 \begin_inset space ~
26579 \begin_inset space ~
26588 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26589 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26590 are some additional features:
26593 \begin_layout Itemize
26594 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26595 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26598 \begin_layout Itemize
26599 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26600 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26609 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26614 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26615 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26616 to the non-subindexes.
26619 \begin_layout Section
26620 Nomenclature / Glossary
26621 \begin_inset Index idx
26624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26631 \begin_inset Index idx
26634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26665 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26672 \begin_layout Standard
26673 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26674 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26678 \begin_layout Standard
26679 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26684 \begin_inset Index idx
26687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26688 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26694 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26695 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26701 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26704 \begin_layout Standard
26705 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26706 and then use the menu
26708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26714 \begin_inset space ~
26719 or the toolbar button
26720 \begin_inset Graphics
26721 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26722 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26739 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26743 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26744 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26745 The second is the description of the symbol.
26748 \begin_layout Standard
26749 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26757 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26765 \begin_layout Subsection
26766 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26767 \begin_inset Index idx
26770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26771 Nomenclature ! Layout
26779 \begin_layout Standard
26780 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26784 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26790 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26798 \begin_inset Newline newline
26806 \begin_inset Newline newline
26812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26819 character starts/ends the formula.
26820 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26832 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26842 \begin_layout Standard
26843 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26844 \begin_inset space ~
26848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26850 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26857 \begin_layout Standard
26861 \begin_inset space ~
26866 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26867 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26872 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26879 in this document is:
26880 \begin_inset Newline newline
26885 dummy entry for the character
26890 \begin_inset Newline newline
26902 \begin_inset space ~
26912 font use the command
26941 \begin_layout Subsection
26942 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26943 \begin_inset Index idx
26946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26947 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26955 \begin_layout Standard
26956 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26957 the symbol definition.
26958 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26959 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26962 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26963 LatexCommand nomenclature
26965 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26972 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26976 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26977 LatexCommand nomenclature
26980 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26985 They will be sorted by
26986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27012 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27015 will be sorted before the
27019 since the character
27020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27027 is considered in sorting.
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27031 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27034 \begin_inset space ~
27039 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27040 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27042 For the example given, you can insert
27046 in this field for the
27047 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27054 will be located before
27055 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27061 \begin_layout Standard
27062 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27067 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27076 \begin_layout Subsection
27077 Nomenclature Options
27078 \begin_inset Index idx
27081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27082 Nomenclature ! Options
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27095 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27096 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27099 \begin_layout Description
27100 refeq Appends the phrase
27101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27116 to every nomenclature entry, where
27122 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27125 \begin_layout Description
27126 refpage Appends the phrase
27127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27142 to every nomenclature entry, where
27148 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27151 \begin_layout Description
27152 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27156 There are furthermore the options
27200 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27205 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27206 class options list in the
27208 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27212 In this document the option
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27220 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27227 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27228 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27233 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27236 \begin_layout Description
27246 \begin_layout Description
27249 nomrefpage Like the
27256 \begin_layout Description
27259 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27268 \begin_layout Description
27272 \begin_inset space ~
27278 \begin_inset space ~
27283 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27286 \begin_layout Subsection
27287 Printing the Nomenclature
27288 \begin_inset Index idx
27291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27292 Nomenclature ! Printing
27300 \begin_layout Standard
27301 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27305 \begin_inset space ~
27309 \begin_inset space ~
27312 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27316 A light blue box labeled
27317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27328 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27329 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27333 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27342 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27350 For example, in order to change the name to
27354 , add the following line to the preamble:
27357 \begin_layout Standard
27365 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27368 \begin_layout Standard
27369 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27375 \begin_layout Standard
27376 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27377 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27380 \begin_layout Standard
27388 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27391 \begin_layout Standard
27394 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27395 \begin_inset space ~
27399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27401 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27406 The default value is 1
27407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27413 \begin_layout Subsection
27414 Nomenclature Program
27415 \begin_inset Index idx
27418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27419 Nomenclature ! Program
27425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27427 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27434 \begin_layout Standard
27435 LyX uses the program
27439 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27440 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27445 by adding options, see section
27446 \begin_inset space ~
27450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27452 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27457 The available options are listed and explained in
27458 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27460 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27467 \begin_layout Section
27469 \begin_inset Index idx
27472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27479 \begin_inset Index idx
27482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27483 Document ! Branches
27489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27491 name "sec:Branches"
27498 \begin_layout Standard
27499 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27500 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27501 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27502 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27505 \begin_layout Standard
27506 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27507 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27508 To create a branch, go in the
27510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27518 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27519 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27523 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27524 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27529 where you can choose a branch.
27530 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27534 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27535 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27538 \begin_layout Standard
27539 \begin_inset Branch Question
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27543 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27551 \begin_layout Standard
27552 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27572 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27573 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27575 For example you can define for the question branch
27579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27580 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27581 \begin_inset space ~
27585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27587 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27609 \begin_layout Standard
27619 \begin_layout Standard
27620 and for the answer branch
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27633 \begin_layout Standard
27643 \begin_layout Standard
27644 \begin_inset Branch Question
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27680 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27716 Now it is possible to use the commands
27720 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27727 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27730 to obtain conditional output.
27731 Here is an example formula where only the
27738 \begin_inset Formula \[
27739 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27746 \begin_layout Standard
27747 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27755 \begin_layout Section
27757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27759 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27764 \begin_inset Index idx
27767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27781 dialog allows you in the
27785 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27786 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27791 \begin_inset Index idx
27794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27795 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27803 \begin_layout Standard
27808 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27809 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27810 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27812 You can specify in the dialog tab
27816 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27818 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27819 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27823 \begin_layout Standard
27828 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27829 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27830 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27832 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27833 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27835 \begin_inset space ~
27838 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27839 \begin_inset space ~
27842 1 will only display the sections.
27845 \begin_layout Standard
27846 The header information in the dialog tab
27850 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27851 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27856 \begin_inset space \space{}
27859 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27860 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27863 Automatic fill header
27865 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27866 title and author settings.
27869 \begin_layout Standard
27872 Load in fullscreen mode
27874 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27878 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27879 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27885 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27886 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27895 \begin_layout Section
27896 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27899 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27906 \begin_layout Subsection
27908 \begin_inset Index idx
27911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27920 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27928 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27929 constructs, but not all.
27930 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27931 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27932 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27933 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27934 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27938 \begin_layout Standard
27939 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27941 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27945 \begin_inset space ~
27950 or by the toolbar button
27951 \begin_inset Graphics
27952 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27957 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27961 \begin_layout Standard
27962 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27963 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27964 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27971 , you can write the command part
27977 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27981 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27982 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27983 the following example:
27986 \begin_layout Standard
27987 \begin_inset Graphics
27988 filename clipart/ERT.png
27996 \begin_layout Standard
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28001 This is a line with a
28005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28029 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28037 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28038 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28046 \begin_layout Subsection
28047 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28048 \begin_inset OptArg
28051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28058 \begin_inset Index idx
28061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28070 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28077 \begin_layout Standard
28078 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28079 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28080 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28089 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28090 any time if you know the right commands.
28092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28096 \begin_inset space \space{}
28099 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28101 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28102 all caption labels bold.
28103 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28105 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28109 \begin_layout Standard
28110 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28111 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28112 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28123 \begin_layout Standard
28124 As result you know that the package
28129 \begin_inset Index idx
28132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28133 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28139 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28141 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28147 \begin_layout Standard
28152 usepackage[options]{package name}
28155 \begin_layout Standard
28156 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28157 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28158 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28161 \begin_layout Standard
28162 In your case the package name is
28167 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28172 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28173 So you add the command
28176 \begin_layout Standard
28181 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28184 \begin_layout Standard
28185 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28190 For more commands provided by the
28194 package, have a look at its documentation,
28195 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28210 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28212 For example if you use a
28216 class, you don't need the package
28220 , you can instead write
28223 \begin_layout Standard
28228 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28233 \begin_layout Standard
28234 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28235 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28236 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28243 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28246 \begin_layout Standard
28247 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28248 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28250 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28251 the previous section.
28254 \begin_layout Standard
28255 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28257 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28259 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28267 \begin_layout Section
28268 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28271 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28276 \begin_inset Index idx
28279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28286 \begin_inset Index idx
28289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28298 \begin_layout Standard
28299 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28300 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28301 to break your train of thought with
28303 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28309 \begin_layout Standard
28310 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28311 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28316 \begin_inset Index idx
28319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28320 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28325 as explained below, and turn on
28328 \begin_inset space ~
28335 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28339 \begin_inset space ~
28343 \begin_inset space ~
28346 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28351 \begin_inset space ~
28356 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28360 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28362 Previews of an already loaded document are
28366 generated just by selecting the
28369 \begin_inset space ~
28374 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28377 \begin_layout Standard
28378 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28379 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28382 \begin_inset space ~
28387 check box in the insert dialog.
28388 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28393 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28397 (on some systems named simply
28402 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28404 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28410 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28411 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28419 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28423 \begin_layout Standard
28424 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28430 \begin_layout Standard
28431 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28435 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28437 \begin_inset space ~
28442 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28443 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28445 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28446 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28447 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28448 the source view window.
28451 \begin_layout Section
28453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28455 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28460 \begin_inset Index idx
28463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28472 \begin_layout Standard
28473 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28474 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28491 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28497 can be seen as the successor to
28501 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28506 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28507 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28515 \begin_layout Standard
28516 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28517 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28524 \begin_layout Standard
28527 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28530 or the toolbar button
28531 \begin_inset Graphics
28532 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28533 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28537 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28538 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28539 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28540 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28541 scrolled so that it is visible.
28546 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28548 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28552 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28553 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28556 \begin_layout Standard
28557 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28560 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28564 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28565 will bring an error message.
28566 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28567 specifying a different
28569 Alternative language
28571 in preferences dialog.
28574 \begin_layout Standard
28575 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28578 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28582 \begin_layout Standard
28583 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28584 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28586 But you can use the
28589 \begin_inset space ~
28593 \begin_inset space ~
28601 \begin_layout Standard
28602 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28603 This does work with
28607 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28610 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28614 \begin_layout Standard
28619 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28622 \begin_layout Description
28624 \begin_inset space ~
28627 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28628 should consider, e.
28629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28633 \begin_inset space \space{}
28636 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28637 This should not normally be needed.
28640 \begin_layout Description
28642 \begin_inset space ~
28645 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28646 the spell checker's default choice
28649 \begin_layout Description
28651 \begin_inset space ~
28655 \begin_inset space ~
28658 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28670 \begin_layout Description
28672 \begin_inset space ~
28676 \begin_inset space ~
28679 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28681 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28688 also for the spellchecker.
28692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28693 The encodings are explained in section
28694 \begin_inset space ~
28698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28700 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28709 Only enable this if you use
28713 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28714 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28715 so this is disabled by default.
28718 \begin_layout Section
28720 \begin_inset Index idx
28723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28732 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28740 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28741 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28751 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28753 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28762 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28763 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28764 are available for many languages.
28767 \begin_layout Standard
28768 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28772 \begin_layout Subsection
28773 Setting up the thesaurus
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28781 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28786 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28791 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28797 en_EN for English).
28798 For instance, the English files are named:
28801 \begin_layout Itemize
28805 \begin_layout Itemize
28809 \begin_layout Standard
28810 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28811 already on your system.
28812 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28813 \begin_inset Flex URL
28816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28818 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28824 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28829 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28831 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28832 unpack a zip archive.
28835 \begin_layout Standard
28844 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28845 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28847 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28848 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28852 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28855 \begin_layout Subsection
28856 Using the thesaurus
28859 \begin_layout Standard
28860 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28862 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28865 or the toolbar button
28866 \begin_inset Graphics
28867 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28869 rotateOrigin center
28873 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28875 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28877 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28878 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28879 and hyponyms (such as
28887 ), compounds (such as
28891 ) and antonyms (such as
28899 ), which are marked as such.
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28903 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28904 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28908 \begin_layout Standard
28909 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28910 the dictionary, such as the above
28914 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28915 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28919 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28920 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28921 For example looking up the word forms
28929 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28934 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28947 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28948 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28949 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28952 \begin_layout Subsection
28953 License of the Thesaurus library
28956 \begin_layout Standard
28961 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28966 as a standalone program.
28967 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28968 The library was released under the
28970 Berkeley Database License
28972 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28973 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28974 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28976 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28979 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28983 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28986 \begin_layout Section
28988 \begin_inset Index idx
28991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28998 \begin_inset Index idx
29001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29002 Document ! Change Tracking
29008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29010 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29017 \begin_layout Standard
29018 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29019 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29020 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29021 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29025 \begin_inset space ~
29028 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29030 \begin_inset space ~
29038 \begin_layout Standard
29039 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29053 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29054 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29057 \begin_inset space ~
29061 \begin_inset space ~
29071 \begin_inset Index idx
29074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29075 Color ! Change tracking
29080 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29081 the cursor is in changed text.
29082 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29083 \begin_inset Graphics
29084 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29086 rotateOrigin center
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29094 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29095 \begin_inset Index idx
29098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29107 \begin_layout Standard
29108 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29114 \begin_layout Standard
29115 \begin_inset Graphics
29116 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29124 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29130 \begin_layout Standard
29131 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29135 \begin_layout Standard
29136 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29143 \begin_inset Tabular
29144 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29145 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29146 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29147 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29148 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29153 \begin_inset Graphics
29154 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29155 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29156 rotateOrigin center
29165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29171 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29173 \begin_inset space ~
29176 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29178 \begin_inset space ~
29187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29192 \begin_inset Graphics
29193 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29195 rotateOrigin center
29204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29212 \begin_inset space ~
29215 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29217 \begin_inset space ~
29221 \begin_inset space ~
29225 \begin_inset space ~
29234 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29239 \begin_inset Graphics
29240 filename ../images/change-next.png
29241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29242 rotateOrigin center
29251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29255 Jumps to the next change
29261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29266 \begin_inset Graphics
29267 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29269 rotateOrigin center
29278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29284 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29286 \begin_inset space ~
29289 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29291 \begin_inset space ~
29300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29305 \begin_inset Graphics
29306 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29307 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29308 rotateOrigin center
29317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29325 \begin_inset space ~
29328 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29330 \begin_inset space ~
29339 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29344 \begin_inset Graphics
29345 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29346 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29347 rotateOrigin center
29356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29362 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29364 \begin_inset space ~
29367 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29369 \begin_inset space ~
29378 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29383 \begin_inset Graphics
29384 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29385 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29386 rotateOrigin center
29395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29403 \begin_inset space ~
29406 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29408 \begin_inset space ~
29412 \begin_inset space ~
29421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29426 \begin_inset Graphics
29427 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29428 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29429 rotateOrigin center
29438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29444 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29446 \begin_inset space ~
29449 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29451 \begin_inset space ~
29455 \begin_inset space ~
29464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29469 \begin_inset Graphics
29470 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29472 rotateOrigin center
29481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29488 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29490 \begin_inset space ~
29499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29504 \begin_inset Graphics
29505 filename ../images/note-next.png
29506 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29507 rotateOrigin center
29516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29522 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29524 \begin_inset space ~
29540 \begin_layout Standard
29541 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29547 \begin_layout Standard
29548 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29549 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29550 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29551 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29552 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29553 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29554 step to the next change.
29555 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29558 \begin_layout Standard
29559 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29560 to describe a change.
29563 \begin_layout Standard
29564 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29569 \begin_inset Index idx
29572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29573 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29579 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29580 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29586 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29589 \begin_layout Section
29590 International Support
29591 \begin_inset Index idx
29594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29595 International support
29603 \begin_layout Standard
29604 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29605 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29606 how to set up LyX to use them:
29607 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29609 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29616 \begin_layout Standard
29617 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29618 \begin_inset space ~
29622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29624 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29631 \begin_layout Subsection
29633 \begin_inset Index idx
29636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29643 \begin_inset Index idx
29646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29647 Document ! Settings
29653 \begin_inset Index idx
29656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29657 Document ! Language
29665 \begin_layout Standard
29668 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29671 dialog lets you set
29673 the language and character encoding for your language.
29677 \begin_layout Standard
29678 Choose your language in the
29682 section of this dialog.
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29695 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29700 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29701 For details about the different encoding options see section
29702 \begin_inset space ~
29706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29708 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29715 \begin_layout Subsection
29716 Keyboard mapping configuration
29717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29719 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29726 \begin_layout Standard
29727 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29728 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29729 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29730 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29731 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29733 \begin_inset space ~
29737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29739 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29744 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29745 which one you want to use.
29748 \begin_layout Standard
29749 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29750 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29751 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29752 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29753 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29754 one to support the characters you want.
29755 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29762 \begin_layout Subsection
29766 \begin_layout Standard
29768 \begin_inset space ~
29772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29774 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29783 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29787 \begin_layout Standard
29788 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29789 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29797 \begin_layout Itemize
29798 Even if you have selected
29804 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29807 dialog, users who have only the
29811 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29815 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29816 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29817 french quotes won't show up.
29820 \begin_layout Standard
29821 \begin_inset Float table
29826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29827 \begin_inset Caption
29829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29832 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29850 \begin_inset Tabular
29851 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29852 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34282 \begin_layout Standard
34283 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34285 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34286 also the characters from
34298 \begin_layout Itemize
34307 \begin_layout Standard
34308 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34309 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34315 \begin_layout Standard
34316 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34317 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34323 \begin_layout Standard
34324 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34325 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34331 \begin_layout Standard
34332 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34333 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34339 \begin_layout Standard
34341 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34347 \begin_layout Standard
34349 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34355 \begin_layout Standard
34357 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34364 \begin_layout Itemize
34377 \begin_layout Standard
34379 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34385 \begin_layout Standard
34387 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34393 \begin_layout Standard
34395 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34401 \begin_layout Standard
34403 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34409 \begin_layout Standard
34411 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34417 \begin_layout Standard
34419 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34426 \begin_layout Standard
34427 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34428 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34429 Also make sure you're using the
34436 \begin_layout Chapter
34439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34441 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34448 \begin_layout Standard
34449 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34450 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34451 topic inside the user's guide.
34454 \begin_layout Section
34456 \begin_inset Index idx
34459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34468 \begin_layout Standard
34473 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34474 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34477 \begin_layout Subsection
34481 \begin_layout Standard
34482 Creates a new document.
34485 \begin_layout Subsection
34489 \begin_layout Standard
34490 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34491 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34492 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34495 \begin_layout Subsection
34499 \begin_layout Standard
34503 \begin_layout Subsection
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34508 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34509 Click there on a file to open it.
34512 \begin_layout Subsection
34516 \begin_layout Standard
34517 Closes the current document.
34520 \begin_layout Subsection
34524 \begin_layout Standard
34525 Saves the actual document.
34528 \begin_layout Subsection
34532 \begin_layout Standard
34533 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34536 \begin_layout Subsection
34540 \begin_layout Standard
34541 Saves all opened documents.
34544 \begin_layout Subsection
34548 \begin_layout Standard
34549 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34552 \begin_layout Subsection
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34557 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34558 It is described in the section
34560 Version Control in LyX
34564 Additional Features
34569 \begin_layout Subsection
34573 \begin_layout Standard
34574 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34575 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34576 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34577 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34580 \begin_layout Standard
34581 When using the menu entry
34584 \begin_inset space ~
34589 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34593 \begin_inset space ~
34597 \begin_inset space ~
34602 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34603 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34606 \begin_layout Subsection
34608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34617 \begin_layout Standard
34618 You can export your document to various file formats.
34619 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34620 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34621 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34624 \begin_layout Standard
34625 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34627 \begin_inset space ~
34631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34633 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34640 \begin_layout Description
34644 \begin_inset space ~
34649 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34650 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34653 \begin_layout Description
34661 \begin_layout Description
34662 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34666 \begin_layout Description
34668 \begin_inset space ~
34672 \begin_inset space ~
34675 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34679 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34687 \begin_layout Description
34694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34702 \begin_inset space ~
34707 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34708 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34712 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34715 \begin_layout Description
34722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34730 \begin_inset space ~
34735 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34736 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34744 \begin_layout Description
34746 \begin_inset space ~
34749 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34757 is replaced by the version number)
34760 \begin_layout Description
34761 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34774 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34778 \begin_layout Description
34782 \begin_inset space ~
34787 PDF-format using the program
34792 \begin_layout Description
34796 \begin_inset space ~
34801 PDF-format using the program
34806 \begin_layout Description
34810 \begin_inset space ~
34815 PDF-format using the program
34820 \begin_layout Description
34824 \begin_inset space ~
34832 \begin_layout Description
34836 \begin_inset space ~
34840 \begin_inset space ~
34845 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34846 and then exported as text using the program
34851 \begin_layout Description
34856 PostScript format using the program
34861 \begin_layout Description
34869 \begin_layout Standard
34874 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34875 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34881 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34884 \begin_layout Standard
34885 If one of the menu entries
34892 \begin_inset space ~
34901 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34902 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34903 \begin_inset space ~
34907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34909 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34914 \begin_inset Index idx
34917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34918 Reconfiguration of LyX
34926 \begin_layout Standard
34931 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34932 the export program.
34935 \begin_layout Subsection
34939 \begin_layout Standard
34940 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
34941 format or send it to a printer.
34942 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34943 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34949 For more information have a look at section
34950 \begin_inset space ~
34954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34956 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34963 \begin_layout Subsection
34967 \begin_layout Standard
34968 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
34969 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
34970 prefix, see section
34971 \begin_inset space ~
34975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34977 reference "sec:Paths"
34982 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
34991 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
34992 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
34993 \begin_inset space ~
34997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34999 reference "sub:Converters"
35006 \begin_layout Subsection
35007 New and Close Window
35010 \begin_layout Standard
35011 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35014 \begin_layout Subsection
35018 \begin_layout Standard
35019 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35022 \begin_layout Section
35024 \begin_inset Index idx
35027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 \begin_layout Subsection
35040 \begin_layout Standard
35041 Described in section
35042 \begin_inset space ~
35046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35048 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35055 \begin_layout Subsection
35056 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35059 \begin_layout Standard
35060 Described in section
35061 \begin_inset space ~
35065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35067 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35074 \begin_layout Subsection
35078 \begin_layout Standard
35079 Selects the whole document.
35082 \begin_layout Subsection
35086 \begin_layout Standard
35087 Described in section
35088 \begin_inset space ~
35092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35094 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35101 \begin_layout Subsection
35102 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35105 \begin_layout Standard
35106 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35110 \begin_layout Subsection
35114 \begin_layout Standard
35115 Described in section
35116 \begin_inset space ~
35120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35122 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35129 \begin_layout Subsection
35131 \begin_inset Index idx
35134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35135 Paragraph ! Settings
35143 \begin_layout Standard
35144 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35145 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35148 \begin_layout Standard
35149 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35150 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35152 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35158 \begin_inset space ~
35166 \begin_layout Subsection
35167 Table Settings and Math
35170 \begin_layout Standard
35171 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35173 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35174 The properties of tables are described in section
35175 \begin_inset space ~
35179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35181 reference "sec:Tables"
35185 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35186 \begin_inset space ~
35190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35192 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35199 \begin_layout Subsection
35200 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35203 \begin_layout Standard
35204 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35205 that can be nested.
35206 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35207 \begin_inset space ~
35211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35213 reference "sec:Nesting"
35218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35220 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35227 \begin_layout Section
35229 \begin_inset Index idx
35232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35241 \begin_layout Standard
35246 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35247 document with an external program.
35248 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35249 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35250 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35251 \begin_inset space ~
35255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35257 reference "sub:Export"
35262 You should at least see the menu entries
35269 \begin_inset space ~
35275 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35276 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35277 \begin_inset space ~
35281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35283 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35288 \begin_inset Index idx
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35292 Reconfiguration of LyX
35300 \begin_layout Standard
35301 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35302 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35303 \begin_inset space ~
35307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35309 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35314 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35317 \begin_layout Standard
35318 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35321 At the bottom of the
35325 menu the opened documents are listed.
35328 \begin_layout Subsection
35329 Open/Close all Insets
35332 \begin_layout Standard
35333 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35336 \begin_layout Subsection
35337 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35340 \begin_layout Standard
35341 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35344 \begin_layout Standard
35345 Math macros are described in the
35352 \begin_layout Subsection
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35357 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35359 \begin_inset space ~
35363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35365 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35372 \begin_layout Subsection
35376 \begin_layout Standard
35377 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35378 opening a new view window.
35381 \begin_layout Subsection
35385 \begin_layout Standard
35386 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35387 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35388 view the same document, but at different positions.
35389 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35390 or more documents at the same time.
35391 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35398 \begin_layout Subsection
35402 \begin_layout Standard
35403 Closes a split view.
35406 \begin_layout Subsection
35410 \begin_layout Standard
35411 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35412 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35413 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35414 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35415 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35418 \begin_layout Subsection
35420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35422 name "sub:Toolbars"
35427 \begin_inset Index idx
35430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35439 \begin_layout Standard
35440 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35441 All toolbars and the
35444 \begin_inset space ~
35449 can be turned on and off.
35454 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35466 \begin_inset space ~
35475 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35479 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35486 \begin_layout Standard
35491 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35495 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35496 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35497 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35498 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35499 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35502 \begin_layout Standard
35503 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35504 \begin_inset space ~
35508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35510 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35517 \begin_layout Section
35519 \begin_inset Index idx
35522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 \begin_layout Subsection
35535 \begin_layout Standard
35536 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35537 \begin_inset space ~
35541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35543 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35554 \begin_layout Subsection
35556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35558 name "sub:Special-Character"
35565 \begin_layout Standard
35566 Here you can insert the following characters:
35569 \begin_layout Description
35570 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35571 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35572 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35573 \begin_inset Newline newline
35577 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35585 Not all characters will be visible in the
35589 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35597 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35601 ) can display every character.
35609 \begin_layout Description
35610 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35614 \begin_layout Description
35616 \begin_inset space ~
35620 \begin_inset space ~
35623 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35624 \begin_inset space ~
35628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35630 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35637 \begin_layout Description
35639 \begin_inset space ~
35642 Quote Inserts this quote:
35643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35646 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35658 \begin_layout Description
35660 \begin_inset space ~
35663 Quote Inserts this quote:
35664 \begin_inset Quotes els
35670 \begin_layout Description
35672 \begin_inset space ~
35675 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35679 \begin_layout Description
35681 \begin_inset space ~
35684 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35688 \begin_layout Description
35690 \begin_inset space ~
35693 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35697 \begin_layout Description
35699 \begin_inset space ~
35703 \begin_inset Index idx
35706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35713 \begin_inset Index idx
35716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35717 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35722 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35723 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35724 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35729 \begin_inset Index idx
35732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35733 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35739 \begin_inset Newline newline
35742 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35746 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35754 and this Wiki-page:
35755 \begin_inset Newline newline
35759 \begin_inset Flex URL
35762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35764 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35772 \begin_layout Subsection
35776 \begin_layout Standard
35777 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35780 \begin_layout Description
35781 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35782 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35788 \begin_layout Description
35789 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35790 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35796 \begin_layout Description
35798 \begin_inset space ~
35801 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35802 \begin_inset space ~
35806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35808 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35815 \begin_layout Description
35817 \begin_inset space ~
35820 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35821 \begin_inset space ~
35825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35827 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35834 \begin_layout Description
35836 \begin_inset space ~
35839 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35840 \begin_inset space ~
35844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35846 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35853 \begin_layout Description
35855 \begin_inset space ~
35858 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35859 \begin_inset space ~
35863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35865 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35872 \begin_layout Description
35874 \begin_inset space ~
35877 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
35878 \begin_inset space ~
35882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35884 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35891 \begin_layout Description
35893 \begin_inset space ~
35896 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35897 \begin_inset space ~
35901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35903 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35910 \begin_layout Description
35912 \begin_inset space ~
35915 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
35916 \begin_inset space ~
35920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35922 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35929 \begin_layout Description
35931 \begin_inset space ~
35934 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35935 \begin_inset space ~
35939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35941 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35948 \begin_layout Description
35950 \begin_inset space ~
35954 \begin_inset space ~
35957 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35958 \begin_inset space ~
35962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35964 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35971 \begin_layout Description
35973 \begin_inset space ~
35976 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35977 text line to the page border, see section
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35984 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35991 \begin_layout Description
35993 \begin_inset space ~
35996 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35997 \begin_inset space ~
36001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36003 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36010 \begin_layout Description
36012 \begin_inset space ~
36015 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36016 text page to the page border, described in section
36017 \begin_inset space ~
36021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36023 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36030 \begin_layout Description
36032 \begin_inset space ~
36035 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36036 \begin_inset space ~
36040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36042 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36049 \begin_layout Description
36051 \begin_inset space ~
36055 \begin_inset space ~
36058 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36059 \begin_inset space ~
36063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36065 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36072 \begin_layout Subsection
36076 \begin_layout Standard
36077 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36078 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36080 \begin_inset space ~
36084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36086 reference "sec:toc"
36091 The index list is described in section
36092 \begin_inset space ~
36096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36098 reference "sec:Index"
36102 , the nomenclature in section
36103 \begin_inset space ~
36107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36109 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36113 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36114 \begin_inset space ~
36118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36120 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36127 \begin_layout Subsection
36131 \begin_layout Standard
36132 To insert floats, described in section
36133 \begin_inset space ~
36137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36139 reference "sec:Floats"
36146 \begin_layout Subsection
36150 \begin_layout Standard
36151 To insert notes, described in section
36152 \begin_inset space ~
36156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36158 reference "sec:Notes"
36165 \begin_layout Subsection
36169 \begin_layout Standard
36170 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36171 \begin_inset space ~
36175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36177 reference "sec:Branches"
36184 \begin_layout Subsection
36188 \begin_layout Standard
36189 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36190 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36192 An example is the document class
36193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36200 with three custom insets.
36203 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36209 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36212 \begin_layout Subsection
36214 \begin_inset Index idx
36217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36226 \begin_layout Standard
36227 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36228 files in your document.
36229 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36240 \begin_layout Subsection
36242 \begin_inset Index idx
36245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36254 \begin_layout Standard
36255 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36256 \begin_inset space ~
36260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36262 reference "sec:Minipages"
36267 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36278 \begin_layout Subsection
36282 \begin_layout Standard
36283 Inserts a citation as described in section
36284 \begin_inset space ~
36288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36290 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36297 \begin_layout Subsection
36301 \begin_layout Standard
36302 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36303 \begin_inset space ~
36307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36309 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36316 \begin_layout Subsection
36320 \begin_layout Standard
36321 Inserts a label as described in section
36322 \begin_inset space ~
36326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36328 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36335 \begin_layout Subsection
36337 \begin_inset Index idx
36340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36347 \begin_inset Index idx
36350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36351 Longtables ! Caption
36359 \begin_layout Standard
36360 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36361 Floats are described in section
36362 \begin_inset space ~
36366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36368 reference "sec:Floats"
36372 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36383 \begin_layout Subsection
36387 \begin_layout Standard
36388 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36389 \begin_inset space ~
36393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36395 reference "sec:Index"
36402 \begin_layout Subsection
36406 \begin_layout Standard
36407 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36408 \begin_inset space ~
36412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36414 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36421 \begin_layout Subsection
36425 \begin_layout Standard
36427 Tables are described in section
36428 \begin_inset space ~
36432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36434 reference "sec:Tables"
36441 \begin_layout Subsection
36445 \begin_layout Standard
36447 Graphics are described in section
36448 \begin_inset space ~
36452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36454 reference "sec:Graphics"
36461 \begin_layout Subsection
36465 \begin_layout Standard
36466 Inserts an URL as described in section
36467 \begin_inset space ~
36471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36473 reference "sub:URLs"
36480 \begin_layout Subsection
36484 \begin_layout Standard
36485 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36486 \begin_inset space ~
36490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36492 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36499 \begin_layout Subsection
36503 \begin_layout Standard
36504 Inserts a footnote, see section
36505 \begin_inset space ~
36509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36511 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36518 \begin_layout Subsection
36522 \begin_layout Standard
36523 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36524 \begin_inset space ~
36528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36530 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36537 \begin_layout Subsection
36541 \begin_layout Standard
36542 Inserts a short title, see section
36543 \begin_inset space ~
36547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36549 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36556 \begin_layout Subsection
36560 \begin_layout Standard
36561 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36562 \begin_inset space ~
36566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36568 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36575 \begin_layout Subsection
36577 \begin_inset Index idx
36580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36589 \begin_layout Standard
36590 Inserts a program listings box.
36591 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36593 Program Code Listings
36602 \begin_layout Subsection
36606 \begin_layout Standard
36607 Inserts the actual date.
36608 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36610 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36622 \begin_layout Section
36624 \begin_inset Index idx
36627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36636 \begin_layout Standard
36637 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36638 \begin_inset space ~
36641 of the current document.
36642 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36645 \begin_layout Subsection
36649 \begin_layout Standard
36650 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36651 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36657 \begin_inset space \space{}
36661 \begin_inset space ~
36665 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36666 \begin_inset space ~
36669 2.5 and use the menu
36672 \begin_inset space ~
36676 \begin_inset space ~
36683 \begin_inset space ~
36689 \begin_inset space ~
36693 \begin_inset space ~
36699 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36703 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36709 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36715 \begin_layout Standard
36716 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36717 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36720 \begin_layout Subsection
36721 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36724 \begin_layout Standard
36725 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36729 \begin_layout Subsection
36733 \begin_layout Standard
36734 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36735 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36736 on a cross-reference box.
36739 \begin_layout Section
36741 \begin_inset Index idx
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36753 \begin_layout Subsection
36757 \begin_layout Standard
36758 Change Tracking is described in section
36759 \begin_inset space ~
36763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36765 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36772 \begin_layout Subsection
36777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36787 \begin_layout Standard
36788 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36790 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36793 \begin_layout Standard
36794 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36799 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36802 \begin_layout Subsection
36806 \begin_layout Standard
36807 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36808 \begin_inset space ~
36812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36814 reference "sec:Navigating"
36819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36821 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36828 \begin_layout Subsection
36829 Start Appendix Here
36832 \begin_layout Standard
36833 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36834 position as described in section
36835 \begin_inset space ~
36839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36841 reference "sec:Appendices"
36848 \begin_layout Subsection
36852 \begin_layout Standard
36853 Un/compresses the current document.
36856 \begin_layout Subsection
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36861 The document settings are described in appendix
36862 \begin_inset space ~
36866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36868 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36875 \begin_layout Section
36877 \begin_inset Index idx
36880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36889 \begin_layout Subsection
36893 \begin_layout Standard
36894 Spell checking is explained in section
36895 \begin_inset space ~
36899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36901 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36908 \begin_layout Subsection
36912 \begin_layout Standard
36913 The thesaurus is described in section
36914 \begin_inset space ~
36918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36920 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36927 \begin_layout Subsection
36929 \begin_inset Index idx
36932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36939 \begin_inset Index idx
36942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36951 \begin_layout Standard
36952 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36953 highlighted document part.
36956 \begin_layout Subsection
36958 \begin_inset Index idx
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36970 \begin_layout Standard
36971 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36974 \begin_layout Subsection
36976 \begin_inset Index idx
36979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36980 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 Reconfiguration of LyX
36995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37008 \begin_inset Index idx
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37012 Reconfiguration of LyX
37020 \begin_layout Standard
37021 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37022 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37023 \begin_inset space ~
37027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37029 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37036 \begin_layout Subsection
37040 \begin_layout Standard
37041 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37048 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37055 \begin_layout Section
37057 \begin_inset Index idx
37060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 \begin_layout Standard
37070 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37074 \begin_layout Standard
37078 \begin_inset space ~
37083 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37084 found by LyX (see also section
37085 \begin_inset space ~
37089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37091 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37098 \begin_layout Section
37100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37102 name "sec:Toolbars"
37109 \begin_layout Standard
37110 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37111 \begin_inset space ~
37115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37117 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37124 \begin_layout Standard
37125 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37126 This is described in the
37128 Additional Features
37133 \begin_layout Subsection
37135 \begin_inset Index idx
37138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37147 \begin_layout Standard
37148 \begin_inset Graphics
37149 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37157 \begin_layout Standard
37158 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37164 \begin_layout Standard
37165 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37182 \begin_inset Note Note
37185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37191 manual for more information.
37199 \begin_layout Standard
37200 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37206 \begin_layout Standard
37207 \begin_inset Tabular
37208 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37209 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37217 \begin_inset Graphics
37218 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37232 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37245 \begin_layout Standard
37246 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37252 \begin_layout Standard
37254 \begin_inset Tabular
37255 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37256 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37257 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37258 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 \begin_inset Graphics
37267 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37283 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37295 \begin_inset Graphics
37296 filename ../images/file-open.png
37297 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37324 \begin_inset Graphics
37325 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37326 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37341 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 \begin_inset Graphics
37354 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37377 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37382 \begin_inset Graphics
37383 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37384 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37411 \begin_inset Graphics
37412 filename ../images/undo.png
37413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37428 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37440 \begin_inset Graphics
37441 filename ../images/redo.png
37442 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37457 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 \begin_inset Graphics
37470 filename ../images/cut.png
37471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37493 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37498 \begin_inset Graphics
37499 filename ../images/copy.png
37500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37522 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37527 \begin_inset Graphics
37528 filename ../images/paste.png
37529 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37556 \begin_inset Graphics
37557 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37559 rotateOrigin center
37568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37574 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37594 \begin_inset Graphics
37595 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37597 rotateOrigin center
37606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37612 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37613 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37625 \begin_inset Graphics
37626 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37640 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37642 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37644 \begin_inset space ~
37655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37660 \begin_inset Graphics
37661 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37662 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37675 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37677 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37679 \begin_inset space ~
37690 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37695 \begin_inset Graphics
37696 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37710 Formats text using the current settings in the
37712 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37714 \begin_inset space ~
37725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37730 \begin_inset Graphics
37731 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37732 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37748 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37750 \begin_inset space ~
37759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37764 \begin_inset Graphics
37765 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37767 rotateOrigin center
37776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 \begin_inset Graphics
37795 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37797 rotateOrigin center
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 \begin_inset Graphics
37825 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37826 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37827 rotateOrigin center
37836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37840 Toggle outline window on/off,
37842 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37849 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37854 \begin_inset Graphics
37855 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37856 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37857 rotateOrigin center
37866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37870 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37881 \begin_inset Graphics
37882 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37884 rotateOrigin center
37893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37910 \begin_layout Subsection
37912 \begin_inset Index idx
37915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37924 \begin_layout Standard
37925 \begin_inset Graphics
37926 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37934 \begin_layout Standard
37935 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37941 \begin_layout Standard
37942 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37946 \begin_layout Standard
37947 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37953 \begin_layout Standard
37954 \begin_inset Tabular
37955 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37956 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37957 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37958 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37959 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37964 \begin_inset Graphics
37965 filename ../images/layout.png
37966 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37967 rotateOrigin center
37976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37991 \begin_inset Graphics
37992 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37994 rotateOrigin center
38003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38013 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38018 \begin_inset Graphics
38019 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38020 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38021 rotateOrigin center
38030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38040 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38045 \begin_inset Graphics
38046 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38047 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38048 rotateOrigin center
38057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38072 \begin_inset Graphics
38073 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38074 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38075 rotateOrigin center
38084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38099 \begin_inset Graphics
38100 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38102 rotateOrigin center
38111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38119 \begin_inset space ~
38123 \begin_inset space ~
38132 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38137 \begin_inset Graphics
38138 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38139 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38140 rotateOrigin center
38149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38157 \begin_inset space ~
38161 \begin_inset space ~
38170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38175 \begin_inset Graphics
38176 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38177 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38192 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38193 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38200 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38205 \begin_inset Graphics
38206 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38207 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38223 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 \begin_inset Graphics
38236 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38237 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38264 \begin_inset Graphics
38265 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 \begin_inset Graphics
38294 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 \begin_inset Graphics
38323 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38341 \begin_inset space ~
38350 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38355 \begin_inset Graphics
38356 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38357 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38374 \begin_inset space ~
38383 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38388 \begin_inset Graphics
38389 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38390 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 \begin_inset Graphics
38418 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38419 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38420 rotateOrigin center
38429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38437 \begin_inset space ~
38446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38451 \begin_inset Graphics
38452 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38469 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38471 \begin_inset space ~
38480 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38485 \begin_inset Graphics
38486 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38487 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38514 \begin_inset Graphics
38515 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38543 \begin_inset Graphics
38544 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38560 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38587 \begin_inset Graphics
38588 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38605 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38617 \begin_inset Graphics
38618 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38619 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38635 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38637 \begin_inset space ~
38646 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38651 \begin_inset Graphics
38652 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38653 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38654 rotateOrigin center
38663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38669 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38671 \begin_inset space ~
38680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38685 \begin_inset Graphics
38686 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38687 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38688 rotateOrigin center
38697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38703 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38705 \begin_inset space ~
38714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38719 \begin_inset Graphics
38720 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38722 rotateOrigin center
38731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38737 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38751 \begin_layout Subsection
38752 View / Update Toolbar
38753 \begin_inset Index idx
38756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38757 Toolbar ! View / Update
38765 \begin_layout Standard
38766 \begin_inset Graphics
38767 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38774 \begin_layout Standard
38775 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38781 \begin_layout Standard
38782 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38786 \begin_layout Standard
38787 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38793 \begin_layout Standard
38794 \begin_inset Tabular
38795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38796 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38797 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38798 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38804 \begin_inset Graphics
38805 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38807 rotateOrigin center
38816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38822 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38834 \begin_inset Graphics
38835 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38837 rotateOrigin center
38846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38852 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38853 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38860 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38865 \begin_inset Graphics
38866 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38867 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38868 rotateOrigin center
38877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38883 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38890 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38895 \begin_inset Graphics
38896 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38897 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38898 rotateOrigin center
38907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38913 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38914 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38926 \begin_inset Graphics
38927 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38928 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38929 rotateOrigin center
38938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38944 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38956 \begin_inset Graphics
38957 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38959 rotateOrigin center
38968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38974 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38975 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38989 \begin_layout Subsection
38993 \begin_layout Standard
38994 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38995 \begin_inset space ~
38999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39001 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39005 , the table toolbar
39006 \begin_inset Index idx
39009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39019 manual, the math macro toolbar
39020 \begin_inset Index idx
39023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39036 \begin_layout Chapter
39037 The Document Settings
39038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39040 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39045 \begin_inset Index idx
39048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39049 Document ! Settings
39057 \begin_layout Standard
39058 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39059 whole document and is called with the menu
39061 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39065 You can save your document settings as default with th
39067 e Save as Document Defaults
39069 button in the dialog.
39070 This will create a template name
39078 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39082 \begin_layout Standard
39083 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39086 \begin_layout Section
39090 \begin_layout Standard
39091 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39093 Document classes are described in section
39094 \begin_inset space ~
39098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39100 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39105 Some classes use some class options by default.
39106 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39110 and you can decide to use them or not.
39111 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39112 recommended not to touch them.
39113 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39119 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39120 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39126 When you want one of the following drivers
39127 \begin_inset Newline newline
39130 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39131 \begin_inset Newline newline
39134 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39139 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39141 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39153 \begin_layout Standard
39154 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39155 child or subdocument.
39156 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39157 without its master.
39158 This way child documents are always compilable.
39159 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39170 \begin_layout Section
39174 \begin_layout Standard
39175 Modules are explained in section
39176 \begin_inset space ~
39180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39182 reference "sub:Modules"
39189 \begin_layout Section
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 The document font settings are described in section
39195 \begin_inset space ~
39199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39201 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39208 \begin_layout Section
39212 \begin_layout Standard
39213 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39215 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39219 \begin_layout Standard
39220 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39221 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39222 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39225 \begin_layout Standard
39226 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39234 \begin_layout Section
39238 \begin_layout Standard
39239 A description of this menu is given in section
39240 \begin_inset space ~
39244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39246 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39253 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39260 \begin_layout Section
39264 \begin_layout Standard
39265 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39266 \begin_inset space ~
39270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39272 reference "sub:Margins"
39279 \begin_layout Section
39281 \begin_inset Index idx
39284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39285 Language ! Encoding
39293 \begin_layout Standard
39294 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39295 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39296 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39297 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39298 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39299 known for a particular character).
39303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39304 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39305 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39310 manual for details.
39318 \begin_layout Standard
39319 If you use the option
39323 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39324 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39325 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39326 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39327 exactly one encoding.
39328 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39337 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39338 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39340 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39341 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39355 \begin_layout Standard
39356 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39357 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39358 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39359 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39360 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39361 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39366 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39367 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39368 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39371 \begin_layout Standard
39372 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39375 \begin_layout Description
39377 \begin_inset space ~
39381 \begin_inset space ~
39385 \begin_inset space ~
39392 , but the LaTeX-package
39397 \begin_inset Index idx
39400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39401 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39407 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39408 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39409 languages in TeX code.
39412 \begin_layout Description
39413 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39414 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39415 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39418 \begin_layout Description
39420 \begin_inset space ~
39424 \begin_inset space ~
39427 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39430 \begin_layout Description
39432 \begin_inset space ~
39436 \begin_inset space ~
39439 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39442 \begin_layout Description
39444 \begin_inset space ~
39447 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39450 \begin_layout Description
39452 \begin_inset space ~
39456 \begin_inset space ~
39459 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39460 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39463 \begin_layout Description
39465 \begin_inset space ~
39469 \begin_inset space ~
39472 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39476 \begin_layout Description
39478 \begin_inset space ~
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39485 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39486 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39489 \begin_layout Description
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39499 \begin_inset space ~
39502 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39503 \begin_inset space ~
39509 \begin_layout Description
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39515 \begin_inset space ~
39519 \begin_inset space ~
39522 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39523 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39526 \begin_layout Description
39528 \begin_inset space ~
39532 \begin_inset space ~
39535 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39536 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39537 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39538 \begin_inset space ~
39542 \begin_inset space ~
39548 \begin_layout Description
39550 \begin_inset space ~
39554 \begin_inset space ~
39557 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39558 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39559 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39560 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39561 \begin_inset space ~
39565 \begin_inset space ~
39571 \begin_layout Description
39573 \begin_inset space ~
39577 \begin_inset space ~
39580 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39583 \begin_layout Description
39585 \begin_inset space ~
39589 \begin_inset space ~
39592 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39595 \begin_layout Description
39597 \begin_inset space ~
39601 \begin_inset space ~
39604 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39607 \begin_layout Description
39609 \begin_inset space ~
39612 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39615 \begin_layout Description
39617 \begin_inset space ~
39620 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39623 \begin_layout Description
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39629 \begin_inset space ~
39632 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39635 \begin_layout Description
39637 \begin_inset space ~
39641 \begin_inset space ~
39647 \begin_layout Description
39649 \begin_inset space ~
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39656 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39659 \begin_layout Description
39661 \begin_inset space ~
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_layout Description
39673 \begin_inset space ~
39677 \begin_inset space ~
39680 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39685 \begin_inset Index idx
39688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39689 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39694 , when using this, set the document language to
39699 \begin_layout Description
39701 \begin_inset space ~
39705 \begin_inset space ~
39708 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39712 , when using this, set the document language to
39717 \begin_layout Description
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39723 \begin_inset space ~
39726 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39731 \begin_inset Index idx
39734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39735 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39740 , when using this, set the document language to
39745 \begin_layout Description
39747 \begin_inset space ~
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39754 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39758 , when using this, set the document language to
39763 \begin_layout Description
39765 \begin_inset space ~
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39772 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39776 , when using this, set the document language to
39781 \begin_layout Description
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39786 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39789 \begin_layout Description
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39799 \begin_inset space ~
39802 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39805 \begin_layout Description
39807 \begin_inset space ~
39811 \begin_inset space ~
39815 \begin_inset space ~
39818 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39819 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39820 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39823 \begin_layout Description
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39835 \begin_layout Description
39837 \begin_inset space ~
39841 \begin_inset space ~
39844 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39845 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39848 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39857 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39862 \begin_inset Index idx
39865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39866 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39871 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39874 \begin_layout Description
39876 \begin_inset space ~
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39883 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39887 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39896 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39897 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39911 \begin_layout Description
39913 \begin_inset space ~
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39920 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39925 \begin_inset Index idx
39928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39929 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39934 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39937 \begin_layout Description
39939 \begin_inset space ~
39942 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39947 \begin_inset Index idx
39950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39951 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39957 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39961 \begin_layout Description
39963 \begin_inset space ~
39967 \begin_inset space ~
39971 \begin_inset space ~
39974 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39975 \begin_inset space ~
39981 \begin_layout Description
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39987 \begin_inset space ~
39991 \begin_inset space ~
39994 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39995 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39996 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40000 \begin_layout Description
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40006 \begin_inset space ~
40010 \begin_inset space ~
40013 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40014 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40017 \begin_layout Section
40021 \begin_layout Standard
40022 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40023 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40024 \begin_inset space ~
40028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40030 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40037 \begin_layout Section
40041 \begin_layout Standard
40042 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40047 \begin_inset Index idx
40050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40051 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40061 \begin_inset Index idx
40064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40065 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40070 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40075 \begin_inset Index idx
40078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40079 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40084 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40086 For a further description see section
40087 \begin_inset space ~
40091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40093 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40100 \begin_layout Section
40104 \begin_layout Standard
40105 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40106 and you can define additional indexes.
40107 Please refer to section
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40114 reference "sec:Index"
40121 \begin_layout Section
40125 \begin_layout Standard
40126 The PDF properties are explained in section
40127 \begin_inset space ~
40131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40133 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40140 \begin_layout Section
40144 \begin_layout Standard
40145 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40150 \begin_inset Index idx
40153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40154 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40164 \begin_inset Index idx
40167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40168 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40173 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40176 \begin_layout Standard
40181 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40182 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40185 \begin_layout Standard
40190 is used for special integral characters.
40193 \begin_layout Section
40197 \begin_layout Standard
40198 The float placement options are described in section
40199 \begin_inset space ~
40203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40205 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40212 \begin_layout Section
40216 \begin_layout Standard
40217 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40218 The itemize environment is described in section
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40225 reference "sec:Itemize"
40232 \begin_layout Section
40236 \begin_layout Standard
40237 Branches are described in section
40238 \begin_inset space ~
40242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40244 reference "sec:Branches"
40251 \begin_layout Section
40256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40266 \begin_layout Standard
40267 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40268 to define LaTeX-commands.
40269 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40270 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40274 \begin_layout Standard
40275 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40276 \begin_inset space ~
40280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40282 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40289 \begin_layout Chapter
40295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40297 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40302 \begin_inset Index idx
40305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40314 \begin_layout Standard
40315 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40317 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40321 It has the following submenus.
40324 \begin_layout Section
40328 \begin_layout Subsection
40332 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40333 User Interface File
40334 \begin_inset Index idx
40337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40338 Customization ! of toolbars
40344 \begin_inset Index idx
40347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40348 Customization ! of menus
40356 \begin_layout Standard
40357 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40365 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40374 \begin_layout Standard
40375 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40376 interface (ui) file.
40377 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40378 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40387 Both files are loaded by the
40392 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40393 files and edit the entries.
40396 \begin_layout Standard
40397 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40409 entries must be ended with an explicit
40434 and in the case of the
40435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40447 The syntax for the entries is:
40450 \begin_layout Standard
40451 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40479 \begin_layout Standard
40481 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40484 All LyX-functions are listed in
40485 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40494 \begin_layout Standard
40495 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40501 \begin_layout Standard
40502 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40504 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40507 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40536 \begin_layout Standard
40538 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40541 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40548 \begin_layout Standard
40551 Enable tool tips in main work area
40553 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40557 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40561 \begin_layout Standard
40565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40572 restoring of window layout and geometries
40574 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40575 in the last LyX session.
40578 \begin_layout Standard
40581 Restore cursor positions
40583 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40587 \begin_layout Standard
40590 Load opened files from last session
40592 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40595 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40599 name "sub:Backup documents"
40604 \begin_inset Index idx
40607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40616 \begin_layout Standard
40621 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40624 \begin_layout Standard
40629 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40632 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40634 \begin_inset space ~
40642 \begin_layout Standard
40645 Open documents in tabs
40647 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40651 \begin_layout Subsection
40653 \begin_inset Index idx
40656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40665 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40672 \begin_layout Standard
40673 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40676 \begin_layout Standard
40677 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40685 This section only deals with the fonts
40690 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40693 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40694 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40705 \begin_layout Standard
40706 By default, LyX uses
40710 as roman (serif) font,
40718 (depends on the system) as
40721 \begin_inset space ~
40737 \begin_layout Standard
40738 You can change the font size with the
40743 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40744 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40747 \begin_layout Standard
40752 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40753 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40758 points have the size of 1
40759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40763 \begin_inset space ~
40767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40769 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40776 \begin_layout Standard
40781 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40786 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40787 \begin_inset space ~
40791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40793 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40800 \begin_layout Standard
40803 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40805 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40806 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40807 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40808 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40810 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40811 \begin_inset space ~
40817 \begin_layout Subsection
40819 \begin_inset Index idx
40822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40829 \begin_inset Index idx
40832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40841 \begin_layout Standard
40842 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40843 Choose an item in the list and use the
40850 \begin_layout Subsection
40852 \begin_inset Index idx
40855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40864 \begin_layout Standard
40865 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40868 \begin_layout Standard
40873 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40874 This feature is described in section
40875 \begin_inset space ~
40879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40881 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40888 \begin_layout Standard
40892 \begin_inset space ~
40896 \begin_inset space ~
40900 \begin_inset space ~
40905 displays a pilcrow at the end of every paragraph.
40908 \begin_layout Section
40910 \begin_inset Index idx
40913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40922 \begin_layout Subsection
40926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40930 \begin_layout Standard
40933 Cursor follows scrollbar
40935 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40939 \begin_layout Standard
40942 Sort environments alphabetically
40944 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40947 \begin_layout Standard
40950 Group environments by their category
40952 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40955 \begin_layout Standard
40956 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
40968 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40972 \begin_layout Standard
40973 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40978 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40979 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40983 \begin_layout Subsection
40985 \begin_inset Index idx
40988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40995 \begin_inset Index idx
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40999 Settings ! Shortcuts
41007 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41011 \begin_layout Standard
41012 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41013 Several binding files are available:
41016 \begin_layout Description
41017 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41020 \begin_layout Description
41021 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41032 \begin_layout Description
41033 mac.bind set of bindings for
41036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41044 \begin_layout Standard
41045 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41049 , and bind files for special languages.
41050 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41055 \begin_inset space \space{}
41059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41067 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41071 \begin_layout Standard
41072 Some bind-files, like
41076 , have only a small scope.
41077 When looking at the the end of the file
41081 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41088 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41093 \begin_inset Index idx
41096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41097 Key Bindings ! Editing
41105 \begin_layout Standard
41106 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41107 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41108 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41111 Show key-bindings containing
41114 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41115 Insert there for example as keyword
41116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41123 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41133 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41134 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41138 that you will find in the
41145 \begin_layout Standard
41147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41151 \begin_inset space \space{}
41162 , select the function and press the
41167 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41168 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41169 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41170 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41171 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41173 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41175 The binding for the function
41179 is an example of this.
41182 \begin_layout Standard
41183 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41185 The syntax of the entries is:
41188 \begin_layout Standard
41194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41212 \begin_layout Subsection
41214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41224 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41229 \begin_inset Index idx
41232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41239 \begin_inset Index idx
41242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41243 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41251 \begin_layout Standard
41252 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41253 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41259 \begin_inset space \space{}
41262 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41263 can use the keyboard map file named
41270 \begin_layout Standard
41271 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41279 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41287 \begin_layout Standard
41288 Besides this, you can specify here the
41290 Wheel scrolling speed
41293 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41297 \begin_layout Subsection
41299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41301 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41306 \begin_inset Index idx
41309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41318 \begin_layout Standard
41319 Input completion is described in sec.
41320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41326 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41331 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41333 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41334 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41338 \begin_layout Section
41340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41347 \begin_inset Index idx
41350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41357 \begin_inset Index idx
41360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41369 \begin_layout Description
41371 \begin_inset space ~
41374 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41375 It is the default when you
41386 \begin_inset space ~
41394 \begin_layout Description
41396 \begin_inset space ~
41399 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41401 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41403 \begin_inset space ~
41407 \begin_inset space ~
41415 \begin_layout Description
41417 \begin_inset space ~
41420 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41426 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41430 \begin_inset Newline newline
41434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41446 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41454 \begin_layout Description
41456 \begin_inset space ~
41460 \begin_inset Index idx
41463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41469 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41470 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41471 \begin_inset space ~
41475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41477 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41485 will be used to save the backups.
41486 \begin_inset Newline newline
41489 The backup files have the ending
41490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41500 \begin_layout Description
41505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41512 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41513 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41514 \begin_inset Newline newline
41518 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41526 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41534 \begin_layout Description
41536 \begin_inset space ~
41539 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41542 \begin_layout Description
41544 \begin_inset space ~
41547 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41548 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41549 to find it on the system.
41550 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41551 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41560 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41561 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41565 \begin_layout Section
41569 \begin_layout Standard
41570 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41571 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41573 \begin_inset space ~
41577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41579 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41583 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41586 \begin_layout Section
41588 \begin_inset Index idx
41591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41592 Language ! Settings
41598 \begin_inset Index idx
41601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41602 Settings ! Language
41610 \begin_layout Subsection
41614 \begin_layout Description
41616 \begin_inset space ~
41620 \begin_inset space ~
41623 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41624 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41625 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41626 You find the actual translation status here:
41627 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41629 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41630 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41637 \begin_layout Description
41639 \begin_inset space ~
41642 language is the language used in new documents
41645 \begin_layout Description
41647 \begin_inset space ~
41650 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41652 The default is the LaTeX-command
41658 that loads the package
41666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41667 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41668 \begin_inset space ~
41672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41674 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41684 \begin_inset Newline newline
41691 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41692 to the document language.
41693 A text label is, for instance, the word
41694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41701 at the beginning of every table caption.
41704 \begin_layout Description
41706 \begin_inset space ~
41709 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41710 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41711 An example is the start command
41717 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41722 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41737 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41742 \begin_layout Description
41744 \begin_inset space ~
41752 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41753 command toggles the package on and off.
41756 \begin_layout Description
41758 \begin_inset space ~
41768 \begin_layout Description
41769 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41770 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41771 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41772 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41779 \begin_layout Description
41781 \begin_inset space ~
41784 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41786 When this option is not set, the
41789 \begin_inset space ~
41794 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41795 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41798 \begin_inset space ~
41806 \begin_layout Description
41808 \begin_inset space ~
41814 \begin_inset space ~
41820 When it is not set, the
41823 \begin_inset space ~
41828 is set to the end of the document.
41831 \begin_layout Description
41833 \begin_inset space ~
41837 \begin_inset space ~
41840 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41841 language will be underlined blue.
41844 \begin_layout Description
41846 \begin_inset space ~
41850 \begin_inset space ~
41853 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41854 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41857 \begin_layout Description
41859 \begin_inset space ~
41862 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41863 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41864 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41865 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41868 \begin_layout Subsection
41872 \begin_layout Standard
41873 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41874 \begin_inset space ~
41878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41880 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41887 \begin_layout Section
41891 \begin_layout Subsection
41893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41900 \begin_inset Index idx
41903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41910 \begin_inset Index idx
41913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41922 \begin_layout Description
41924 \begin_inset space ~
41927 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41928 The name will be used when the
41933 \begin_inset Newline newline
41937 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
41953 \begin_layout Description
41955 \begin_inset space ~
41959 \begin_inset space ~
41963 \begin_inset space ~
41966 printer This option works only for the
41971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41983 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41984 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41987 \begin_layout Description
41989 \begin_inset space ~
41992 command is the command LyX
41993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42000 LaTeX uses for printing.
42001 The default is on most systems
42008 \begin_layout Description
42010 \begin_inset space ~
42014 \begin_inset space ~
42017 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42018 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42019 of the program that provides the
42026 \begin_layout Subsection
42028 \begin_inset Index idx
42031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42038 \begin_inset Index idx
42041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42042 Settings ! Date format
42050 \begin_layout Standard
42051 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42052 \begin_inset Newline newline
42056 \begin_inset Flex URL
42059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42061 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42067 \begin_inset Newline newline
42070 For example the format
42071 \begin_inset Newline newline
42075 \begin_inset Newline newline
42078 prints the date as day/month/year.
42081 \begin_layout Subsection
42085 \begin_layout Description
42087 \begin_inset space ~
42091 \begin_inset space ~
42094 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42097 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42098 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42100 \begin_inset space ~
42106 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42110 \begin_layout Description
42112 \begin_inset space ~
42115 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42120 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42121 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42124 \begin_layout Subsection
42129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42139 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42144 \begin_inset Index idx
42147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42156 \begin_layout Description
42161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42169 \begin_inset space ~
42172 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42177 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42199 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42212 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42213 LyX sets up in the background.
42214 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42217 \begin_layout Description
42219 \begin_inset space ~
42223 \begin_inset space ~
42226 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42231 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42234 \begin_layout Standard
42235 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42236 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42237 manuals of the applications.
42238 Currently the following commands can be set:
42241 \begin_layout Description
42246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42254 \begin_inset space ~
42257 command Command for the program
42261 that is described in the section
42267 Additional Features
42272 \begin_layout Description
42277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42285 \begin_inset space ~
42288 command Command for the program
42292 that generates the bibliography, see section
42293 \begin_inset space ~
42297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42299 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42306 \begin_layout Description
42308 \begin_inset space ~
42311 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42312 \begin_inset space ~
42316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42318 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42325 \begin_layout Description
42327 \begin_inset space ~
42330 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42331 \begin_inset space ~
42335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42337 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42344 \begin_layout Description
42346 \begin_inset space ~
42350 \begin_inset space ~
42354 \begin_inset space ~
42358 \begin_inset space ~
42361 options They only have an effect when the program
42365 is used as DVI-viewer.
42368 \begin_layout Standard
42369 There are additionally the following options:
42372 \begin_layout Description
42374 \begin_inset space ~
42378 \begin_inset space ~
42382 \begin_inset space ~
42386 \begin_inset space ~
42390 \begin_inset space ~
42393 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42411 to separate folders.
42412 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42413 \begin_inset Index idx
42416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42423 \begin_inset Index idx
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42435 \begin_layout Description
42437 \begin_inset space ~
42441 \begin_inset space ~
42445 \begin_inset space ~
42449 \begin_inset space ~
42453 \begin_inset space ~
42457 \begin_inset space ~
42460 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42462 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42465 dialog when changing the document class.
42468 \begin_layout Section
42470 \begin_inset space ~
42474 \begin_inset Index idx
42477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42486 \begin_layout Subsection
42488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42490 name "sub:Converters"
42495 \begin_inset Index idx
42498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42507 \begin_layout Standard
42508 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42509 from one format to another.
42510 You can modify them or create new ones.
42511 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42518 \begin_inset space ~
42528 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42532 \begin_inset space ~
42537 drop-down list, modify the
42541 field, and press the
42548 \begin_layout Standard
42551 Converter File Cache
42553 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42556 Maximum Age (in days
42559 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42560 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42563 \begin_layout Standard
42564 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42565 the converter definition, is described in the section
42576 \begin_layout Subsection
42578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42580 name "sec:File-Formats"
42585 \begin_inset Index idx
42588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42595 \begin_inset Index idx
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42607 \begin_layout Standard
42608 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42609 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42613 \begin_layout Standard
42614 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42615 is described in the section
42626 \begin_layout Standard
42627 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42628 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42629 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42630 This is done by specifying a
42635 More about this is described in the section
42646 \begin_layout Chapter
42647 Units available in LyX
42648 \begin_inset Index idx
42651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42660 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42667 \begin_layout Standard
42668 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42671 reference "cap:Units"
42675 explains all units available in LyX.
42678 \begin_layout Standard
42679 \begin_inset Float table
42685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42686 \begin_inset Caption
42688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42704 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42712 \begin_inset Tabular
42713 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42714 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42715 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42716 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42816 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42867 scaled point (65536
42868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42900 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42924 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42928 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42983 % of original image width
42990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43197 \begin_layout Chapter
43199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43208 \begin_layout Standard
43209 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43210 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43213 \begin_layout Itemize
43216 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43219 \begin_layout Itemize
43225 \begin_layout Itemize
43231 \begin_layout Itemize
43237 \begin_layout Itemize
43243 \begin_layout Itemize
43249 \begin_layout Itemize
43255 \begin_layout Itemize
43261 \begin_layout Itemize
43264 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43267 \begin_layout Itemize
43273 \begin_layout Itemize
43279 \begin_layout Itemize
43285 \begin_layout Itemize
43291 \begin_layout Itemize
43297 \begin_layout Itemize
43303 \begin_layout Itemize
43309 \begin_layout Itemize
43315 \begin_layout Itemize
43317 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43326 \begin_layout Standard
43327 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43330 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43337 \begin_layout Bibliography
43338 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43339 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43340 LatexCommand bibitem
43347 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43350 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43355 \begin_inset Newline newline
43359 \begin_inset Flex URL
43362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43364 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43372 \begin_layout Bibliography
43373 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43374 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43375 LatexCommand bibitem
43376 key "latexcompanion"
43380 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43382 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43385 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43388 \begin_layout Bibliography
43389 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43390 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43391 LatexCommand bibitem
43396 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43399 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43402 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43405 \begin_layout Bibliography
43406 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43407 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43408 LatexCommand bibitem
43415 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43418 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43421 \begin_layout Bibliography
43422 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43423 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43424 LatexCommand bibitem
43436 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43439 \begin_layout Bibliography
43440 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43441 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43442 LatexCommand bibitem
43448 \begin_inset Newline newline
43452 \begin_inset Flex URL
43455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43457 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43465 \begin_layout Bibliography
43466 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43467 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43468 LatexCommand bibitem
43474 \begin_inset Newline newline
43478 \begin_inset Flex URL
43481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43483 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43491 \begin_layout Bibliography
43492 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43493 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43494 LatexCommand bibitem
43500 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43502 name "Documentation"
43503 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43512 \begin_inset Newline newline
43516 \begin_inset Flex URL
43519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43521 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43529 \begin_layout Bibliography
43530 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43531 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43532 LatexCommand bibitem
43538 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43540 name "Documentation"
43541 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43545 how to use the program
43550 \begin_inset Newline newline
43554 \begin_inset Flex URL
43557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43559 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43567 \begin_layout Bibliography
43568 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43569 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43570 LatexCommand bibitem
43576 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43578 name "Documentation"
43579 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43588 \begin_inset Newline newline
43592 \begin_inset Flex URL
43595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43597 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43605 \begin_layout Bibliography
43606 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43607 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43608 LatexCommand bibitem
43614 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43616 name "Documentation"
43617 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43626 \begin_inset Newline newline
43630 \begin_inset Flex URL
43633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43635 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43643 \begin_layout Bibliography
43644 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43645 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43646 LatexCommand bibitem
43652 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43654 name "Documentation"
43655 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43659 of the LaTeX-package
43664 \begin_inset Index idx
43667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43668 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43674 \begin_inset Newline newline
43678 \begin_inset Flex URL
43681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43683 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43691 \begin_layout Bibliography
43692 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43693 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43694 LatexCommand bibitem
43700 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43702 name "Documentation"
43703 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43707 of the LaTeX-package
43712 \begin_inset Index idx
43715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43716 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43722 \begin_inset Newline newline
43726 \begin_inset Flex URL
43729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43731 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43739 \begin_layout Bibliography
43740 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43742 LatexCommand bibitem
43750 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43752 name "Documentation"
43753 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43759 of the LaTeX-package
43764 \begin_inset Index idx
43767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43768 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43774 \begin_inset Newline newline
43778 \begin_inset Flex URL
43781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43783 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43791 \begin_layout Bibliography
43792 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43793 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43794 LatexCommand bibitem
43800 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43802 name "Documentation"
43803 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43807 of the LaTeX-package
43812 \begin_inset Index idx
43815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43816 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43822 \begin_inset Newline newline
43826 \begin_inset Flex URL
43829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43831 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43839 \begin_layout Bibliography
43840 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43841 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43842 LatexCommand bibitem
43848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43850 name "Documentation"
43851 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43855 of the LaTeX-package
43860 \begin_inset Index idx
43863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43864 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43870 \begin_inset Newline newline
43874 \begin_inset Flex URL
43877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43879 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43887 \begin_layout Bibliography
43888 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43889 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43890 LatexCommand bibitem
43896 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43898 name "Documentation"
43899 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43903 of the LaTeX-package
43908 \begin_inset Index idx
43911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43912 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43918 \begin_inset Newline newline
43922 \begin_inset Flex URL
43925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43927 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43935 \begin_layout Bibliography
43936 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43937 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43938 LatexCommand bibitem
43944 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43947 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43951 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43952 \begin_inset Newline newline
43956 \begin_inset Flex URL
43959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43961 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43969 \begin_layout Bibliography
43970 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43971 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43972 LatexCommand bibitem
43978 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43981 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43985 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43986 \begin_inset Newline newline
43990 \begin_inset Flex URL
43993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43995 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44003 \begin_layout Bibliography
44004 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44005 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44006 LatexCommand bibitem
44012 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44015 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44019 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44020 \begin_inset Newline newline
44024 \begin_inset Flex URL
44027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44029 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44037 \begin_layout Bibliography
44038 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44039 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44040 LatexCommand bibitem
44046 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44049 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44053 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44054 \begin_inset Newline newline
44058 \begin_inset Flex URL
44061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44063 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44071 \begin_layout Bibliography
44072 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44073 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44074 LatexCommand bibitem
44080 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44083 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44087 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44088 \begin_inset Newline newline
44092 \begin_inset Flex URL
44095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44097 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44105 \begin_layout Bibliography
44106 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44107 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44108 LatexCommand bibitem
44114 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44117 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44121 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44122 \begin_inset Newline newline
44126 \begin_inset Flex URL
44129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44131 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44139 \begin_layout Bibliography
44140 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44141 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44142 LatexCommand bibitem
44148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44151 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44155 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44156 \begin_inset Newline newline
44160 \begin_inset Flex URL
44163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44165 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44173 \begin_layout Bibliography
44174 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44175 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44176 LatexCommand bibitem
44182 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44185 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44189 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44190 \begin_inset Newline newline
44194 \begin_inset Flex URL
44197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44199 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44207 \begin_layout Bibliography
44208 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44209 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44210 LatexCommand bibitem
44216 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44219 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44223 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44224 \begin_inset Newline newline
44228 \begin_inset Flex URL
44231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44233 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44241 \begin_layout Bibliography
44242 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44243 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44244 LatexCommand bibitem
44250 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44253 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44257 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44258 \begin_inset Newline newline
44262 \begin_inset Flex URL
44265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44267 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44275 \begin_layout Bibliography
44276 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44277 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44278 LatexCommand bibitem
44284 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44287 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44291 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44292 \begin_inset Newline newline
44296 \begin_inset Flex URL
44299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44301 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44309 \begin_layout Bibliography
44310 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44311 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44312 LatexCommand bibitem
44318 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44321 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44325 about new features in
44330 \begin_inset Newline newline
44334 \begin_inset Flex URL
44337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44339 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44347 \begin_layout Standard
44348 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44382 \begin_inset Note Note
44385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44392 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44393 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44394 bibliography is the second one:
44402 \begin_layout Standard
44403 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44404 LatexCommand bibtex
44405 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44406 options "biblio/alphadin"
44413 \begin_layout Standard
44414 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44417 \begin_layout Standard
44420 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44421 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44427 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44428 LatexCommand printindex